ASTContext.cpp revision ceaa1ecfa3a8c2cd851bda94b135318e83ba560a
1//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements the ASTContext interface. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 15#include "CXXABI.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" 17#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 19#include "clang/AST/Comment.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" 28#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 29#include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" 30#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 32#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 33#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 34#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 35#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 36#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h" 37#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 38#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 39#include <map> 40 41using namespace clang; 42 43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors; 44unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared; 45unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors; 46unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared; 47unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors; 48unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared; 49unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators; 50unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 51unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators; 52unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 53unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors; 54unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared; 55 56enum FloatingRank { 57 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank 58}; 59 60RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const { 61 if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) { 62 ExternalSource->ReadComments(); 63 CommentsLoaded = true; 64 } 65 66 assert(D); 67 68 // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations. 69 if (D->isImplicit()) 70 return NULL; 71 72 // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations. 73 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 74 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 75 return NULL; 76 } 77 78 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 79 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 80 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 81 return NULL; 82 } 83 84 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 85 if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 86 return NULL; 87 } 88 89 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 90 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) { 91 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = CTSD->getSpecializationKind(); 92 if (TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation || 93 TSK == TSK_Undeclared) 94 return NULL; 95 } 96 97 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 98 if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 99 return NULL; 100 } 101 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) { 102 // When tag declaration (but not definition!) is part of the 103 // decl-specifier-seq of some other declaration, it doesn't get comment 104 if (TD->isEmbeddedInDeclarator() && !TD->isCompleteDefinition()) 105 return NULL; 106 } 107 // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly. 108 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) 109 return NULL; 110 111 // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template 112 // documentation. 113 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) || 114 isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) || 115 isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D)) 116 return NULL; 117 118 ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments(); 119 120 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything. 121 if (RawComments.empty()) 122 return NULL; 123 124 // Find declaration location. 125 // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple 126 // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration 127 // location". 128 // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently, 129 // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location". 130 SourceLocation DeclLoc; 131 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) || 132 isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) || 133 isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) || 134 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) 135 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); 136 else { 137 DeclLoc = D->getLocation(); 138 // If location of the typedef name is in a macro, it is because being 139 // declared via a macro. Try using declaration's starting location 140 // as the "declaration location". 141 if (DeclLoc.isMacroID() && isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) 142 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); 143 } 144 145 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we 146 // can't find the comment. 147 if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID()) 148 return NULL; 149 150 // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration. 151 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment; 152 { 153 // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking 154 // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them 155 // first. 156 RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc( 157 SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc), false, 158 LangOpts.CommentOpts.ParseAllComments); 159 BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr); 160 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1; 161 bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 162 if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) { 163 MaybeBeforeDecl--; 164 Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 165 } 166 167 if (Found) { 168 Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1; 169 assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 170 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare)); 171 } else { 172 // Slow path. 173 Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 174 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare); 175 } 176 } 177 178 // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the 179 // file buffer. 180 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc); 181 182 // First check whether we have a trailing comment. 183 if (Comment != RawComments.end() && 184 (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() && 185 (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D))) { 186 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp 187 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin()); 188 // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts 189 // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. 190 if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first && 191 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second) 192 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first, 193 CommentBeginDecomp.second)) { 194 return *Comment; 195 } 196 } 197 198 // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment. 199 // Let's look at the previous comment. 200 if (Comment == RawComments.begin()) 201 return NULL; 202 --Comment; 203 204 // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment. 205 if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment()) 206 return NULL; 207 208 // Decompose the end of the comment. 209 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp 210 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd()); 211 212 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they 213 // aren't related. 214 if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first) 215 return NULL; 216 217 // Get the corresponding buffer. 218 bool Invalid = false; 219 const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first, 220 &Invalid).data(); 221 if (Invalid) 222 return NULL; 223 224 // Extract text between the comment and declaration. 225 StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second, 226 DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second); 227 228 // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between 229 // comment and declaration. 230 if (Text.find_first_of(",;{}#@") != StringRef::npos) 231 return NULL; 232 233 return *Comment; 234} 235 236namespace { 237/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to 238/// refer to the actual template. 239/// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template. 240const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) { 241 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 242 // Is this function declaration part of a function template? 243 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 244 return FTD; 245 246 // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation. 247 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 248 return D; 249 250 // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template? 251 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate()) 252 return FTD; 253 254 // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 255 if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl = 256 FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) 257 return MemberDecl; 258 259 return D; 260 } 261 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 262 // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class 263 // template? 264 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 265 if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) 266 return MemberDecl; 267 268 return D; 269 } 270 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 271 // Is this class declaration part of a class template? 272 if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 273 return CTD; 274 275 // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial 276 // specialization? 277 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 278 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CRD)) { 279 if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 280 return D; 281 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *, 282 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *> 283 PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial(); 284 return PU.is<ClassTemplateDecl*>() ? 285 static_cast<const Decl*>(PU.get<ClassTemplateDecl *>()) : 286 static_cast<const Decl*>( 287 PU.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>()); 288 } 289 290 // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 291 if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info = 292 CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) 293 return Info->getInstantiatedFrom(); 294 295 return D; 296 } 297 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 298 // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 299 if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum()) 300 return MemberDecl; 301 302 return D; 303 } 304 // FIXME: Adjust alias templates? 305 return D; 306} 307} // unnamed namespace 308 309const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl( 310 const Decl *D, 311 const Decl **OriginalDecl) const { 312 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 313 314 // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already. 315 { 316 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 317 RedeclComments.find(D); 318 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 319 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 320 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 321 if (OriginalDecl) 322 *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 323 return Raw.getRaw(); 324 } 325 } 326 } 327 328 // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain. 329 const RawComment *RC = NULL; 330 const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = NULL; 331 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 332 E = D->redecls_end(); 333 I != E; ++I) { 334 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 335 RedeclComments.find(*I); 336 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 337 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 338 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 339 RC = Raw.getRaw(); 340 OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 341 break; 342 } 343 } else { 344 RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(*I); 345 OriginalDeclForRC = *I; 346 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 347 if (RC) { 348 Raw.setRaw(RC); 349 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl); 350 } else 351 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl); 352 Raw.setOriginalDecl(*I); 353 RedeclComments[*I] = Raw; 354 if (RC) 355 break; 356 } 357 } 358 359 // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment. 360 assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation()); 361 362 if (OriginalDecl) 363 *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC; 364 365 // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain. 366 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 367 Raw.setRaw(RC); 368 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl); 369 Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC); 370 371 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 372 E = D->redecls_end(); 373 I != E; ++I) { 374 RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[*I]; 375 if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) 376 R = Raw; 377 } 378 379 return RC; 380} 381 382static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 383 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Redeclared) { 384 const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext(); 385 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) { 386 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface(); 387 if (!ID) 388 return; 389 // Add redeclared method here. 390 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 391 Ext = ID->known_extensions_begin(), 392 ExtEnd = ID->known_extensions_end(); 393 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 394 if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod = 395 Ext->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(), 396 ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod())) 397 Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod); 398 } 399 } 400} 401 402comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC, 403 const Decl *D) const { 404 comments::DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo; 405 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D; 406 ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false; 407 ThisDeclInfo->fill(); 408 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl(); 409 comments::FullComment *CFC = 410 new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(), 411 ThisDeclInfo); 412 return CFC; 413 414} 415 416comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getLocalCommentForDeclUncached(const Decl *D) const { 417 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(D); 418 return RC ? RC->parse(*this, 0, D) : 0; 419} 420 421comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl( 422 const Decl *D, 423 const Preprocessor *PP) const { 424 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 425 return NULL; 426 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 427 428 const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 429 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos = 430 ParsedComments.find(Canonical); 431 432 if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) { 433 if (Canonical != D) { 434 comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second; 435 comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D); 436 return CFC; 437 } 438 return Pos->second; 439 } 440 441 const Decl *OriginalDecl; 442 443 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl); 444 if (!RC) { 445 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 446 SmallVector<const NamedDecl*, 8> Overridden; 447 const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 448 if (OMD && OMD->isPropertyAccessor()) 449 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = OMD->findPropertyDecl()) 450 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(PDecl, PP)) 451 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 452 if (OMD) 453 addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden); 454 getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D), Overridden); 455 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++) 456 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP)) 457 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 458 } 459 else if (const TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 460 // Attach any tag type's documentation to its typedef if latter 461 // does not have one of its own. 462 QualType QT = TD->getUnderlyingType(); 463 if (const TagType *TT = QT->getAs<TagType>()) 464 if (const Decl *TD = TT->getDecl()) 465 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(TD, PP)) 466 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 467 } 468 else if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) { 469 while (IC->getSuperClass()) { 470 IC = IC->getSuperClass(); 471 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP)) 472 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 473 } 474 } 475 else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) { 476 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = CD->getClassInterface()) 477 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP)) 478 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 479 } 480 else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 481 if (!(RD = RD->getDefinition())) 482 return NULL; 483 // Check non-virtual bases. 484 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = 485 RD->bases_begin(), E = RD->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) { 486 if (I->isVirtual() || (I->getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public)) 487 continue; 488 QualType Ty = I->getType(); 489 if (Ty.isNull()) 490 continue; 491 if (const CXXRecordDecl *NonVirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 492 if (!(NonVirtualBase= NonVirtualBase->getDefinition())) 493 continue; 494 495 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((NonVirtualBase), PP)) 496 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 497 } 498 } 499 // Check virtual bases. 500 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = 501 RD->vbases_begin(), E = RD->vbases_end(); I != E; ++I) { 502 if (I->getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public) 503 continue; 504 QualType Ty = I->getType(); 505 if (Ty.isNull()) 506 continue; 507 if (const CXXRecordDecl *VirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 508 if (!(VirtualBase= VirtualBase->getDefinition())) 509 continue; 510 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((VirtualBase), PP)) 511 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 512 } 513 } 514 } 515 return NULL; 516 } 517 518 // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we 519 // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important 520 // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be 521 // different across redeclarations. 522 if (D != OriginalDecl) 523 return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP); 524 525 comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D); 526 ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC; 527 return FC; 528} 529 530void 531ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, 532 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) { 533 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth()); 534 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition()); 535 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack()); 536 537 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters(); 538 ID.AddInteger(Params->size()); 539 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 540 PEnd = Params->end(); 541 P != PEnd; ++P) { 542 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { 543 ID.AddInteger(0); 544 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack()); 545 continue; 546 } 547 548 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 549 ID.AddInteger(1); 550 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack()); 551 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 552 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 553 ID.AddBoolean(true); 554 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes()); 555 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 556 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I); 557 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 558 } 559 } else 560 ID.AddBoolean(false); 561 continue; 562 } 563 564 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); 565 ID.AddInteger(2); 566 Profile(ID, TTP); 567 } 568} 569 570TemplateTemplateParmDecl * 571ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 572 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const { 573 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter. 574 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 575 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP); 576 void *InsertPos = 0; 577 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical 578 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 579 if (Canonical) 580 return Canonical->getParam(); 581 582 // Build a canonical template parameter list. 583 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters(); 584 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams; 585 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size()); 586 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 587 PEnd = Params->end(); 588 P != PEnd; ++P) { 589 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) 590 CanonParams.push_back( 591 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 592 SourceLocation(), 593 SourceLocation(), 594 TTP->getDepth(), 595 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false, 596 TTP->isParameterPack())); 597 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP 598 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 599 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()); 600 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 601 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; 602 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 603 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes; 604 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos; 605 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 606 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I))); 607 ExpandedTInfos.push_back( 608 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back())); 609 } 610 611 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 612 SourceLocation(), 613 SourceLocation(), 614 NTTP->getDepth(), 615 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 616 T, 617 TInfo, 618 ExpandedTypes.data(), 619 ExpandedTypes.size(), 620 ExpandedTInfos.data()); 621 } else { 622 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 623 SourceLocation(), 624 SourceLocation(), 625 NTTP->getDepth(), 626 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 627 T, 628 NTTP->isParameterPack(), 629 TInfo); 630 } 631 CanonParams.push_back(Param); 632 633 } else 634 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 635 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))); 636 } 637 638 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP 639 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 640 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), 641 TTP->getPosition(), 642 TTP->isParameterPack(), 643 0, 644 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(), 645 SourceLocation(), 646 CanonParams.data(), 647 CanonParams.size(), 648 SourceLocation())); 649 650 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 651 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 652 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); 653 (void)Canonical; 654 655 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry. 656 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP); 657 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos); 658 return CanonTTP; 659} 660 661CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) { 662 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0; 663 664 switch (T.getCXXABI().getKind()) { 665 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 666 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 667 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this); 668 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: // Same as Itanium at this level 669 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 670 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this); 671 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 672 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this); 673 } 674 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!"); 675} 676 677static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T, 678 const LangOptions &LOpts) { 679 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) { 680 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each 681 // language-specific address space. 682 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = { 683 1, // opencl_global 684 2, // opencl_local 685 3, // opencl_constant 686 4, // cuda_device 687 5, // cuda_constant 688 6 // cuda_shared 689 }; 690 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap; 691 } else { 692 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap(); 693 } 694} 695 696ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM, 697 const TargetInfo *t, 698 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, 699 Builtin::Context &builtins, 700 unsigned size_reserve, 701 bool DelayInitialization) 702 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), 703 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 704 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 705 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()), 706 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), 707 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0), Float128StubDecl(0), 708 BuiltinVaListDecl(0), 709 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0), 710 BOOLDecl(0), 711 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0), 712 FILEDecl(0), 713 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0), 714 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0), 715 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0), 716 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()), 717 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(), 718 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), 719 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts), 720 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels), 721 BuiltinInfo(builtins), 722 DeclarationNames(*this), 723 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), 724 Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false), 725 CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc, LOpts.CommentOpts), 726 LastSDM(0, 0) 727{ 728 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve); 729 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); 730 731 if (!DelayInitialization) { 732 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization"); 733 InitBuiltinTypes(*t); 734 } 735} 736 737ASTContext::~ASTContext() { 738 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects. 739 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution? 740 ReleaseDeclContextMaps(); 741 742 // Call all of the deallocation functions on all of their targets. 743 for (DeallocationMap::const_iterator I = Deallocations.begin(), 744 E = Deallocations.end(); I != E; ++I) 745 for (unsigned J = 0, N = I->second.size(); J != N; ++J) 746 (I->first)((I->second)[J]); 747 748 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed 749 // because they can contain DenseMaps. 750 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, 751 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 752 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) 753 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 754 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 755 R->Destroy(*this); 756 757 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 758 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) { 759 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 760 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 761 R->Destroy(*this); 762 } 763 764 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(), 765 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end(); 766 A != AEnd; ++A) 767 A->second->~AttrVec(); 768} 769 770void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) { 771 Deallocations[Callback].push_back(Data); 772} 773 774void 775ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) { 776 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take()); 777} 778 779void ASTContext::PrintStats() const { 780 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n"; 781 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n"; 782 783 unsigned counts[] = { 784#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0, 785#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 786#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 787 0 // Extra 788 }; 789 790 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { 791 Type *T = Types[i]; 792 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++; 793 } 794 795 unsigned Idx = 0; 796 unsigned TotalBytes = 0; 797#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \ 798 if (counts[Idx]) \ 799 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \ 800 << " types\n"; \ 801 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \ 802 ++Idx; 803#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 804#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 805 806 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n"; 807 808 // Implicit special member functions. 809 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/" 810 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors 811 << " implicit default constructors created\n"; 812 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/" 813 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors 814 << " implicit copy constructors created\n"; 815 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 816 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/" 817 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors 818 << " implicit move constructors created\n"; 819 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 820 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators 821 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n"; 822 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 823 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 824 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators 825 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n"; 826 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/" 827 << NumImplicitDestructors 828 << " implicit destructors created\n"; 829 830 if (ExternalSource.get()) { 831 llvm::errs() << "\n"; 832 ExternalSource->PrintStats(); 833 } 834 835 BumpAlloc.PrintStats(); 836} 837 838TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const { 839 if (!Int128Decl) { 840 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty); 841 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 842 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 843 SourceLocation(), 844 SourceLocation(), 845 &Idents.get("__int128_t"), 846 TInfo); 847 } 848 849 return Int128Decl; 850} 851 852TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const { 853 if (!UInt128Decl) { 854 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty); 855 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 856 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 857 SourceLocation(), 858 SourceLocation(), 859 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"), 860 TInfo); 861 } 862 863 return UInt128Decl; 864} 865 866TypeDecl *ASTContext::getFloat128StubType() const { 867 assert(LangOpts.CPlusPlus && "should only be called for c++"); 868 if (!Float128StubDecl) { 869 Float128StubDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 870 TTK_Struct, 871 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 872 SourceLocation(), 873 SourceLocation(), 874 &Idents.get("__float128")); 875 } 876 877 return Float128StubDecl; 878} 879 880void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { 881 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K); 882 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0)); 883 Types.push_back(Ty); 884} 885 886void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) { 887 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) && 888 "Incorrect target reinitialization"); 889 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); 890 891 this->Target = &Target; 892 893 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target)); 894 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts); 895 896 // C99 6.2.5p19. 897 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void); 898 899 // C99 6.2.5p2. 900 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool); 901 // C99 6.2.5p3. 902 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned) 903 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S); 904 else 905 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U); 906 // C99 6.2.5p4. 907 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar); 908 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short); 909 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int); 910 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long); 911 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong); 912 913 // C99 6.2.5p6. 914 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar); 915 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort); 916 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt); 917 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong); 918 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong); 919 920 // C99 6.2.5p10. 921 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float); 922 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double); 923 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble); 924 925 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers. 926 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128); 927 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128); 928 929 // C++ 3.9.1p5 930 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType())) 931 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S); 932 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned. 933 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U); 934 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar) 935 WideCharTy = WCharTy; 936 else { 937 // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar). 938 WideCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); 939 } 940 941 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType()); 942 943 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 944 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16); 945 else // C99 946 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()); 947 948 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 949 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32); 950 else // C99 951 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()); 952 953 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is 954 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against 955 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to 956 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent 957 // expressions. 958 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent); 959 960 // Placeholder type for functions. 961 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload); 962 963 // Placeholder type for bound members. 964 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember); 965 966 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects. 967 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject); 968 969 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients. 970 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny); 971 972 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts. 973 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast); 974 975 // Placeholder type for builtin functions. 976 InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn); 977 978 // C99 6.2.5p11. 979 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy); 980 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy); 981 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); 982 983 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'. 984 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId); 985 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass); 986 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel); 987 988 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { 989 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1d); 990 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray); 991 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dBufferTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer); 992 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2d); 993 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray); 994 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage3dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage3d); 995 996 InitBuiltinType(OCLSamplerTy, BuiltinType::OCLSampler); 997 InitBuiltinType(OCLEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLEvent); 998 } 999 1000 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no 1001 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ? 1002 SignedCharTy : BoolTy); 1003 1004 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); 1005 1006 ObjCSuperType = QualType(); 1007 1008 // void * type 1009 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); 1010 1011 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7) 1012 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr); 1013 1014 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16 1015 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half); 1016 1017 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list. 1018 VaListTagTy = QualType(); 1019} 1020 1021DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const { 1022 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics(); 1023} 1024 1025AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 1026 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D]; 1027 if (!Result) { 1028 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec)); 1029 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec; 1030 } 1031 1032 return *Result; 1033} 1034 1035/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration. 1036void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 1037 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D); 1038 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) { 1039 Pos->second->~AttrVec(); 1040 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos); 1041 } 1042} 1043 1044MemberSpecializationInfo * 1045ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) { 1046 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1047 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos 1048 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var); 1049 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end()) 1050 return 0; 1051 1052 return Pos->second; 1053} 1054 1055void 1056ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl, 1057 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 1058 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) { 1059 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1060 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1061 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] && 1062 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from"); 1063 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] 1064 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation); 1065} 1066 1067FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern( 1068 const FunctionDecl *FD){ 1069 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 1070 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 1071 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD); 1072 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end()) 1073 return 0; 1074 1075 return Pos->second; 1076} 1077 1078void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD, 1079 FunctionDecl *Pattern) { 1080 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 1081 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0"); 1082 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern; 1083} 1084 1085NamedDecl * 1086ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) { 1087 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 1088 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD); 1089 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end()) 1090 return 0; 1091 1092 return Pos->second; 1093} 1094 1095void 1096ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) { 1097 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) || 1098 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) || 1099 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) && 1100 "pattern decl is not a using decl"); 1101 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1102 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1103} 1104 1105UsingShadowDecl * 1106ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) { 1107 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos 1108 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst); 1109 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end()) 1110 return 0; 1111 1112 return Pos->second; 1113} 1114 1115void 1116ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst, 1117 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) { 1118 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1119 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1120} 1121 1122FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) { 1123 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos 1124 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field); 1125 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end()) 1126 return 0; 1127 1128 return Pos->second; 1129} 1130 1131void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, 1132 FieldDecl *Tmpl) { 1133 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed"); 1134 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed"); 1135 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] && 1136 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from"); 1137 1138 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl; 1139} 1140 1141ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1142ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1143 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1144 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1145 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1146 return 0; 1147 1148 return Pos->second.begin(); 1149} 1150 1151ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1152ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1153 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1154 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1155 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1156 return 0; 1157 1158 return Pos->second.end(); 1159} 1160 1161unsigned 1162ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1163 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1164 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1165 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1166 return 0; 1167 1168 return Pos->second.size(); 1169} 1170 1171void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1172 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) { 1173 assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl()); 1174 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden); 1175} 1176 1177void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods( 1178 const NamedDecl *D, 1179 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const { 1180 assert(D); 1181 1182 if (const CXXMethodDecl *CXXMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 1183 Overridden.append(overridden_methods_begin(CXXMethod), 1184 overridden_methods_end(CXXMethod)); 1185 return; 1186 } 1187 1188 const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1189 if (!Method) 1190 return; 1191 1192 SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> OverDecls; 1193 Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls); 1194 Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end()); 1195} 1196 1197void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) { 1198 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain"); 1199 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration"); 1200 if (!FirstLocalImport) { 1201 FirstLocalImport = Import; 1202 LastLocalImport = Import; 1203 return; 1204 } 1205 1206 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import; 1207 LastLocalImport = Import; 1208} 1209 1210//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1211// Type Sizing and Analysis 1212//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1213 1214/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified 1215/// scalar floating point type. 1216const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { 1217 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 1218 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!"); 1219 switch (BT->getKind()) { 1220 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!"); 1221 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat(); 1222 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat(); 1223 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat(); 1224 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat(); 1225 } 1226} 1227 1228/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the 1229/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so 1230/// this method will assert on them. 1231/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type 1232/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen). 1233CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const { 1234 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth(); 1235 1236 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false; 1237 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) { 1238 Align = AlignFromAttr; 1239 1240 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment 1241 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases 1242 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified. 1243 // 1244 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can 1245 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it. 1246 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) { 1247 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1248 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1249 } else { 1250 UseAlignAttrOnly = true; 1251 } 1252 } 1253 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) 1254 UseAlignAttrOnly = 1255 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1256 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1257 1258 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything 1259 // else about the declaration and its type. 1260 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) { 1261 // do nothing 1262 1263 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1264 QualType T = VD->getType(); 1265 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 1266 if (RefAsPointee) 1267 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 1268 else 1269 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType()); 1270 } 1271 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) { 1272 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the 1273 // large-array alignment on the target. 1274 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth(); 1275 const ArrayType *arrayType; 1276 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) { 1277 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType)) 1278 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1279 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) && 1280 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType))) 1281 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1282 1283 // Walk through any array types while we're at it. 1284 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType); 1285 } 1286 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); 1287 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1288 if (VD->hasGlobalStorage()) 1289 Align = std::max(Align, getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign()); 1290 } 1291 } 1292 1293 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if 1294 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a 1295 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate 1296 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then 1297 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type. 1298 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { 1299 const RecordDecl *Parent = Field->getParent(); 1300 // We can only produce a sensible answer if the record is valid. 1301 if (!Parent->isInvalidDecl()) { 1302 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(Parent); 1303 1304 // Start with the record's overall alignment. 1305 unsigned FieldAlign = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1306 1307 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record. 1308 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(Field->getFieldIndex()); 1309 if (Offset > 0) { 1310 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2, 1311 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's. 1312 uint64_t LowBitOfOffset = Offset & (~Offset + 1); 1313 if (LowBitOfOffset < FieldAlign) 1314 FieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(LowBitOfOffset); 1315 } 1316 1317 Align = std::min(Align, FieldAlign); 1318 } 1319 } 1320 } 1321 1322 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); 1323} 1324 1325// getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in 1326// chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is 1327// the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type 1328// using a trivial copy/move assignment operator. 1329std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1330ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1331 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T); 1332 1333 // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding 1334 // of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible 1335 // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results. 1336 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1337 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1338 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1339 sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize(); 1340 } 1341 } 1342 1343 return sizeAndAlign; 1344} 1345 1346/// getConstantArrayInfoInChars - Performing the computation in CharUnits 1347/// instead of in bits prevents overflowing the uint64_t for some large arrays. 1348std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1349static getConstantArrayInfoInChars(const ASTContext &Context, 1350 const ConstantArrayType *CAT) { 1351 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> EltInfo = 1352 Context.getTypeInfoInChars(CAT->getElementType()); 1353 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1354 assert((Size == 0 || static_cast<uint64_t>(EltInfo.first.getQuantity()) <= 1355 (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1356 "Overflow in array type char size evaluation"); 1357 uint64_t Width = EltInfo.first.getQuantity() * Size; 1358 unsigned Align = EltInfo.second.getQuantity(); 1359 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1360 return std::make_pair(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Width), 1361 CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align)); 1362} 1363 1364std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1365ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const { 1366 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T)) 1367 return getConstantArrayInfoInChars(*this, CAT); 1368 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T); 1369 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first), 1370 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second)); 1371} 1372 1373std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1374ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const { 1375 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr()); 1376} 1377 1378std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const { 1379 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T); 1380 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end()) 1381 return it->second; 1382 1383 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T); 1384 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info)); 1385 return Info; 1386} 1387 1388/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This 1389/// method does not work on incomplete types. 1390/// 1391/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and 1392/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this 1393/// should take a QualType, &c. 1394std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> 1395ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const { 1396 uint64_t Width=0; 1397 unsigned Align=8; 1398 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 1399#define TYPE(Class, Base) 1400#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 1401#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) 1402#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 1403#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) \ 1404 case Type::Class: \ 1405 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "should not see dependent types here"); \ 1406 return getTypeInfo(cast<Class##Type>(T)->desugar().getTypePtr()); 1407#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 1408 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types"); 1409 1410 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 1411 case Type::FunctionProto: 1412 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits 1413 Width = 0; 1414 Align = 32; 1415 break; 1416 1417 case Type::IncompleteArray: 1418 case Type::VariableArray: 1419 Width = 0; 1420 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType()); 1421 break; 1422 1423 case Type::ConstantArray: { 1424 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T); 1425 1426 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); 1427 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1428 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1429 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation"); 1430 Width = EltInfo.first*Size; 1431 Align = EltInfo.second; 1432 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1433 break; 1434 } 1435 case Type::ExtVector: 1436 case Type::Vector: { 1437 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T); 1438 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType()); 1439 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements(); 1440 Align = Width; 1441 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. 1442 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. 1443 if (Align & (Align-1)) { 1444 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align); 1445 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1446 } 1447 // Adjust the alignment based on the target max. 1448 uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign(); 1449 if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align) 1450 Align = TargetVectorAlign; 1451 break; 1452 } 1453 1454 case Type::Builtin: 1455 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 1456 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!"); 1457 case BuiltinType::Void: 1458 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits. 1459 Width = 0; 1460 Align = 8; 1461 break; 1462 1463 case BuiltinType::Bool: 1464 Width = Target->getBoolWidth(); 1465 Align = Target->getBoolAlign(); 1466 break; 1467 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 1468 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 1469 case BuiltinType::UChar: 1470 case BuiltinType::SChar: 1471 Width = Target->getCharWidth(); 1472 Align = Target->getCharAlign(); 1473 break; 1474 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 1475 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 1476 Width = Target->getWCharWidth(); 1477 Align = Target->getWCharAlign(); 1478 break; 1479 case BuiltinType::Char16: 1480 Width = Target->getChar16Width(); 1481 Align = Target->getChar16Align(); 1482 break; 1483 case BuiltinType::Char32: 1484 Width = Target->getChar32Width(); 1485 Align = Target->getChar32Align(); 1486 break; 1487 case BuiltinType::UShort: 1488 case BuiltinType::Short: 1489 Width = Target->getShortWidth(); 1490 Align = Target->getShortAlign(); 1491 break; 1492 case BuiltinType::UInt: 1493 case BuiltinType::Int: 1494 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1495 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1496 break; 1497 case BuiltinType::ULong: 1498 case BuiltinType::Long: 1499 Width = Target->getLongWidth(); 1500 Align = Target->getLongAlign(); 1501 break; 1502 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 1503 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 1504 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth(); 1505 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign(); 1506 break; 1507 case BuiltinType::Int128: 1508 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 1509 Width = 128; 1510 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets. 1511 break; 1512 case BuiltinType::Half: 1513 Width = Target->getHalfWidth(); 1514 Align = Target->getHalfAlign(); 1515 break; 1516 case BuiltinType::Float: 1517 Width = Target->getFloatWidth(); 1518 Align = Target->getFloatAlign(); 1519 break; 1520 case BuiltinType::Double: 1521 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth(); 1522 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign(); 1523 break; 1524 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 1525 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth(); 1526 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign(); 1527 break; 1528 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: 1529 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t) 1530 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*) 1531 break; 1532 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 1533 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 1534 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 1535 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1536 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1537 break; 1538 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: 1539 // Samplers are modeled as integers. 1540 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1541 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1542 break; 1543 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 1544 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 1545 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 1546 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 1547 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 1548 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 1549 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 1550 // Currently these types are pointers to opaque types. 1551 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1552 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1553 break; 1554 } 1555 break; 1556 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 1557 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1558 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1559 break; 1560 case Type::BlockPointer: { 1561 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1562 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1563 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1564 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1565 break; 1566 } 1567 case Type::LValueReference: 1568 case Type::RValueReference: { 1569 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go 1570 // the pointer route. 1571 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1572 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1573 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1574 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1575 break; 1576 } 1577 case Type::Pointer: { 1578 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1579 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1580 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1581 break; 1582 } 1583 case Type::MemberPointer: { 1584 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T); 1585 llvm::tie(Width, Align) = ABI->getMemberPointerWidthAndAlign(MPT); 1586 break; 1587 } 1588 case Type::Complex: { 1589 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the 1590 // size. 1591 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = 1592 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType()); 1593 Width = EltInfo.first*2; 1594 Align = EltInfo.second; 1595 break; 1596 } 1597 case Type::ObjCObject: 1598 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr()); 1599 case Type::Decayed: 1600 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecayedType>(T)->getDecayedType().getTypePtr()); 1601 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 1602 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T); 1603 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); 1604 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1605 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1606 break; 1607 } 1608 case Type::Record: 1609 case Type::Enum: { 1610 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T); 1611 1612 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { 1613 Width = 8; 1614 Align = 8; 1615 break; 1616 } 1617 1618 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) 1619 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); 1620 1621 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT); 1622 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1623 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1624 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1625 break; 1626 } 1627 1628 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: 1629 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)-> 1630 getReplacementType().getTypePtr()); 1631 1632 case Type::Auto: { 1633 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T); 1634 assert(!A->getDeducedType().isNull() && 1635 "cannot request the size of an undeduced or dependent auto type"); 1636 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr()); 1637 } 1638 1639 case Type::Paren: 1640 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr()); 1641 1642 case Type::Typedef: { 1643 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl(); 1644 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1645 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1646 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed 1647 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that 1648 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation. 1649 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) 1650 Align = AttrAlign; 1651 else 1652 Align = Info.second; 1653 Width = Info.first; 1654 break; 1655 } 1656 1657 case Type::Elaborated: 1658 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr()); 1659 1660 case Type::Attributed: 1661 return getTypeInfo( 1662 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr()); 1663 1664 case Type::Atomic: { 1665 // Start with the base type information. 1666 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1667 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType()); 1668 Width = Info.first; 1669 Align = Info.second; 1670 1671 // If the size of the type doesn't exceed the platform's max 1672 // atomic promotion width, make the size and alignment more 1673 // favorable to atomic operations: 1674 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth()) { 1675 // Round the size up to a power of 2. 1676 if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) 1677 Width = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width); 1678 1679 // Set the alignment equal to the size. 1680 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width); 1681 } 1682 } 1683 1684 } 1685 1686 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2"); 1687 return std::make_pair(Width, Align); 1688} 1689 1690/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters. 1691CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const { 1692 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth()); 1693} 1694 1695/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters. 1696int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const { 1697 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth(); 1698} 1699 1700/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters. 1701/// This method does not work on incomplete types. 1702CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1703 return getTypeInfoInChars(T).first; 1704} 1705CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const { 1706 return getTypeInfoInChars(T).first; 1707} 1708 1709/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in 1710/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types. 1711CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const { 1712 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1713} 1714CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { 1715 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1716} 1717 1718/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified 1719/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI 1720/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign 1721/// a data type. 1722unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const { 1723 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T); 1724 1725 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible. 1726 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 1727 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 1728 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 1729 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1730 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong)) 1731 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T)); 1732 1733 return ABIAlign; 1734} 1735 1736/// getAlignOfGlobalVar - Return the alignment in bits that should be given 1737/// to a global variable of the specified type. 1738unsigned ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVar(QualType T) const { 1739 return std::max(getTypeAlign(T), getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign()); 1740} 1741 1742/// getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars - Return the alignment in characters that 1743/// should be given to a global variable of the specified type. 1744CharUnits ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars(QualType T) const { 1745 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getAlignOfGlobalVar(T)); 1746} 1747 1748/// DeepCollectObjCIvars - 1749/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in 1750/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for 1751/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class 1752/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known. 1753/// 1754void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 1755 bool leafClass, 1756 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const { 1757 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass()) 1758 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars); 1759 if (!leafClass) { 1760 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(), 1761 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) 1762 Ivars.push_back(*I); 1763 } else { 1764 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI); 1765 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; 1766 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) 1767 Ivars.push_back(Iv); 1768 } 1769} 1770 1771/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and 1772/// those inherited by it. 1773void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl, 1774 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) { 1775 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) { 1776 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of 1777 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories. 1778 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(), 1779 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1780 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1781 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1782 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1783 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1784 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl()); 1785 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1786 } 1787 } 1788 1789 // Categories of this Interface. 1790 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::visible_categories_iterator 1791 Cat = OI->visible_categories_begin(), 1792 CatEnd = OI->visible_categories_end(); 1793 Cat != CatEnd; ++Cat) { 1794 CollectInheritedProtocols(*Cat, Protocols); 1795 } 1796 1797 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass()) 1798 while (SD) { 1799 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols); 1800 SD = SD->getSuperClass(); 1801 } 1802 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) { 1803 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(), 1804 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1805 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1806 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1807 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1808 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1809 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1810 } 1811 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) { 1812 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(), 1813 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1814 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1815 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1816 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1817 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1818 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1819 } 1820 } 1821} 1822 1823unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const { 1824 unsigned count = 0; 1825 // Count ivars declared in class extension. 1826 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 1827 Ext = OI->known_extensions_begin(), 1828 ExtEnd = OI->known_extensions_end(); 1829 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 1830 count += Ext->ivar_size(); 1831 } 1832 1833 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This 1834 // includes synthesized ivars. 1835 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) 1836 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size(); 1837 1838 return count; 1839} 1840 1841bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) { 1842 if (!E) 1843 return false; 1844 1845 // nullptr_t is always treated as null. 1846 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true; 1847 1848 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && 1849 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this, 1850 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) 1851 return true; 1852 1853 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'. 1854 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true; 1855 1856 return false; 1857} 1858 1859/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists. 1860ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { 1861 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1862 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1863 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1864 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second); 1865 return 0; 1866} 1867/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists. 1868ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { 1869 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1870 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1871 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1872 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second); 1873 return 0; 1874} 1875 1876/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl. 1877void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD, 1878 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { 1879 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1880 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD; 1881} 1882/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl. 1883void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD, 1884 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) { 1885 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1886 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD; 1887} 1888 1889const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface( 1890 const NamedDecl *ND) const { 1891 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = 1892 dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1893 return ID; 1894 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = 1895 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1896 return CD->getClassInterface(); 1897 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = 1898 dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1899 return IMD->getClassInterface(); 1900 1901 return 0; 1902} 1903 1904/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if 1905/// none exists. 1906Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) { 1907 assert(VD && "Passed null params"); 1908 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1909 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1910 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator 1911 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD); 1912 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0; 1913} 1914 1915/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl. 1916void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) { 1917 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params"); 1918 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1919 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1920 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init; 1921} 1922 1923TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1924 unsigned DataSize) const { 1925 if (!DataSize) 1926 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T); 1927 else 1928 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) && 1929 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!"); 1930 1931 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 1932 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8); 1933 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T); 1934 return TInfo; 1935} 1936 1937TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1938 SourceLocation L) const { 1939 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); 1940 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L); 1941 return DI; 1942} 1943 1944const ASTRecordLayout & 1945ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const { 1946 return getObjCLayout(D, 0); 1947} 1948 1949const ASTRecordLayout & 1950ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout( 1951 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const { 1952 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D); 1953} 1954 1955//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1956// Type creation/memoization methods 1957//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1958 1959QualType 1960ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const { 1961 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers(); 1962 quals.removeFastQualifiers(); 1963 1964 // Check if we've already instantiated this type. 1965 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1966 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals); 1967 void *insertPos = 0; 1968 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) { 1969 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals); 1970 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1971 } 1972 1973 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type. 1974 QualType canon; 1975 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 1976 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split(); 1977 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals); 1978 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals); 1979 1980 // Re-find the insert position. 1981 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 1982 } 1983 1984 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals); 1985 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos); 1986 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1987} 1988 1989QualType 1990ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const { 1991 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1992 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) 1993 return T; 1994 1995 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1996 // into one ExtQuals node. 1997 QualifierCollector Quals; 1998 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1999 2000 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get 2001 // another one. 2002 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() && 2003 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); 2004 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace); 2005 2006 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 2007} 2008 2009QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, 2010 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const { 2011 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 2012 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) 2013 return T; 2014 2015 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 2016 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); 2017 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) { 2018 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr); 2019 return getPointerType(ResultType); 2020 } 2021 } 2022 2023 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 2024 // into one ExtQuals node. 2025 QualifierCollector Quals; 2026 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 2027 2028 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get 2029 // another one. 2030 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() && 2031 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!"); 2032 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr); 2033 2034 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 2035} 2036 2037const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T, 2038 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) { 2039 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info) 2040 return T; 2041 2042 QualType Result; 2043 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) { 2044 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info); 2045 } else { 2046 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T); 2047 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 2048 EPI.ExtInfo = Info; 2049 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI); 2050 } 2051 2052 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr()); 2053} 2054 2055void ASTContext::adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(FunctionDecl *FD, 2056 QualType ResultType) { 2057 FD = FD->getMostRecentDecl(); 2058 while (true) { 2059 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2060 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 2061 FD->setType(getFunctionType(ResultType, FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI)); 2062 if (FunctionDecl *Next = FD->getPreviousDecl()) 2063 FD = Next; 2064 else 2065 break; 2066 } 2067 if (ASTMutationListener *L = getASTMutationListener()) 2068 L->DeducedReturnType(FD, ResultType); 2069} 2070 2071/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex 2072/// number with the specified element type. 2073QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const { 2074 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2075 // structure. 2076 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2077 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); 2078 2079 void *InsertPos = 0; 2080 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2081 return QualType(CT, 0); 2082 2083 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2084 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2085 QualType Canonical; 2086 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2087 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2088 2089 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2090 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2091 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2092 } 2093 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical); 2094 Types.push_back(New); 2095 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2096 return QualType(New, 0); 2097} 2098 2099/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to 2100/// the specified type. 2101QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const { 2102 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2103 // structure. 2104 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2105 PointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2106 2107 void *InsertPos = 0; 2108 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2109 return QualType(PT, 0); 2110 2111 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2112 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2113 QualType Canonical; 2114 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2115 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2116 2117 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2118 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2119 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2120 } 2121 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical); 2122 Types.push_back(New); 2123 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2124 return QualType(New, 0); 2125} 2126 2127QualType ASTContext::getDecayedType(QualType T) const { 2128 assert((T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType()) && "T does not decay"); 2129 2130 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2131 DecayedType::Profile(ID, T); 2132 void *InsertPos = 0; 2133 if (DecayedType *DT = DecayedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2134 return QualType(DT, 0); 2135 2136 QualType Decayed; 2137 2138 // C99 6.7.5.3p7: 2139 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be 2140 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type 2141 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of 2142 // the array type derivation. 2143 if (T->isArrayType()) 2144 Decayed = getArrayDecayedType(T); 2145 2146 // C99 6.7.5.3p8: 2147 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type" 2148 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as 2149 // in 6.3.2.1. 2150 if (T->isFunctionType()) 2151 Decayed = getPointerType(T); 2152 2153 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decayed); 2154 2155 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2156 DecayedType *NewIP = DecayedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2157 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2158 2159 DecayedType *New = 2160 new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecayedType(T, Decayed, Canonical); 2161 Types.push_back(New); 2162 DecayedTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2163 return QualType(New, 0); 2164} 2165 2166/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for 2167/// a pointer to the specified block. 2168QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const { 2169 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); 2170 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular 2171 // structure. 2172 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2173 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2174 2175 void *InsertPos = 0; 2176 if (BlockPointerType *PT = 2177 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2178 return QualType(PT, 0); 2179 2180 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2181 // type either so fill in the canonical type field. 2182 QualType Canonical; 2183 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2184 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2185 2186 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2187 BlockPointerType *NewIP = 2188 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2189 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2190 } 2191 BlockPointerType *New 2192 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); 2193 Types.push_back(New); 2194 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2195 return QualType(New, 0); 2196} 2197 2198/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2199/// lvalue reference to the specified type. 2200QualType 2201ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const { 2202 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy && 2203 "Unresolved overloaded function type"); 2204 2205 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2206 // structure. 2207 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2208 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue); 2209 2210 void *InsertPos = 0; 2211 if (LValueReferenceType *RT = 2212 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2213 return QualType(RT, 0); 2214 2215 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2216 2217 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2218 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2219 QualType Canonical; 2220 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2221 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2222 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2223 2224 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2225 LValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2226 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2227 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2228 } 2229 2230 LValueReferenceType *New 2231 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical, 2232 SpelledAsLValue); 2233 Types.push_back(New); 2234 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2235 2236 return QualType(New, 0); 2237} 2238 2239/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2240/// rvalue reference to the specified type. 2241QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const { 2242 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2243 // structure. 2244 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2245 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false); 2246 2247 void *InsertPos = 0; 2248 if (RValueReferenceType *RT = 2249 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2250 return QualType(RT, 0); 2251 2252 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2253 2254 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2255 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2256 QualType Canonical; 2257 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2258 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2259 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2260 2261 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2262 RValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2263 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2264 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2265 } 2266 2267 RValueReferenceType *New 2268 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical); 2269 Types.push_back(New); 2270 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2271 return QualType(New, 0); 2272} 2273 2274/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a 2275/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. 2276QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const { 2277 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2278 // structure. 2279 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2280 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); 2281 2282 void *InsertPos = 0; 2283 if (MemberPointerType *PT = 2284 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2285 return QualType(PT, 0); 2286 2287 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2288 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2289 QualType Canonical; 2290 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2291 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); 2292 2293 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2294 MemberPointerType *NewIP = 2295 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2296 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2297 } 2298 MemberPointerType *New 2299 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); 2300 Types.push_back(New); 2301 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2302 return QualType(New, 0); 2303} 2304 2305/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an 2306/// array of the specified element type. 2307QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2308 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn, 2309 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2310 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const { 2311 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || 2312 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) && 2313 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!"); 2314 2315 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for 2316 // the target. 2317 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn); 2318 ArySize = 2319 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy))); 2320 2321 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2322 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2323 2324 void *InsertPos = 0; 2325 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = 2326 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2327 return QualType(ATP, 0); 2328 2329 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't 2330 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2331 QualType Canon; 2332 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2333 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2334 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize, 2335 ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2336 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2337 2338 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2339 ConstantArrayType *NewIP = 2340 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2341 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2342 } 2343 2344 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment) 2345 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2346 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2347 Types.push_back(New); 2348 return QualType(New, 0); 2349} 2350 2351/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be 2352/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known 2353/// sizes replaced with [*]. 2354QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const { 2355 // Vastly most common case. 2356 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type; 2357 2358 QualType result; 2359 2360 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 2361 const Type *ty = split.Ty; 2362 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) { 2363#define TYPE(Class, Base) 2364#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 2365#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 2366#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 2367 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?"); 2368 2369 // These types should never be variably-modified. 2370 case Type::Builtin: 2371 case Type::Complex: 2372 case Type::Vector: 2373 case Type::ExtVector: 2374 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: 2375 case Type::ObjCObject: 2376 case Type::ObjCInterface: 2377 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 2378 case Type::Record: 2379 case Type::Enum: 2380 case Type::UnresolvedUsing: 2381 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 2382 case Type::TypeOf: 2383 case Type::Decltype: 2384 case Type::UnaryTransform: 2385 case Type::DependentName: 2386 case Type::InjectedClassName: 2387 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: 2388 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: 2389 case Type::TemplateTypeParm: 2390 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: 2391 case Type::Auto: 2392 case Type::PackExpansion: 2393 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified"); 2394 2395 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to 2396 // further decay. 2397 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 2398 case Type::FunctionProto: 2399 case Type::BlockPointer: 2400 case Type::MemberPointer: 2401 return type; 2402 2403 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications 2404 // preserve structure except as noted by comments. 2405 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op 2406 // optimizations available here. 2407 case Type::Pointer: 2408 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType( 2409 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType())); 2410 break; 2411 2412 case Type::LValueReference: { 2413 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty); 2414 result = getLValueReferenceType( 2415 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()), 2416 lv->isSpelledAsLValue()); 2417 break; 2418 } 2419 2420 case Type::RValueReference: { 2421 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty); 2422 result = getRValueReferenceType( 2423 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType())); 2424 break; 2425 } 2426 2427 case Type::Atomic: { 2428 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty); 2429 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType())); 2430 break; 2431 } 2432 2433 case Type::ConstantArray: { 2434 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty); 2435 result = getConstantArrayType( 2436 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()), 2437 cat->getSize(), 2438 cat->getSizeModifier(), 2439 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); 2440 break; 2441 } 2442 2443 case Type::DependentSizedArray: { 2444 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty); 2445 result = getDependentSizedArrayType( 2446 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()), 2447 dat->getSizeExpr(), 2448 dat->getSizeModifier(), 2449 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2450 dat->getBracketsRange()); 2451 break; 2452 } 2453 2454 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types. 2455 case Type::IncompleteArray: { 2456 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty); 2457 result = getVariableArrayType( 2458 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()), 2459 /*size*/ 0, 2460 ArrayType::Normal, 2461 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2462 SourceRange()); 2463 break; 2464 } 2465 2466 // Turn VLA types into [*] types. 2467 case Type::VariableArray: { 2468 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty); 2469 result = getVariableArrayType( 2470 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()), 2471 /*size*/ 0, 2472 ArrayType::Star, 2473 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2474 vat->getBracketsRange()); 2475 break; 2476 } 2477 } 2478 2479 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original. 2480 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals); 2481} 2482 2483/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a 2484/// variable array of the specified element type. 2485QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2486 Expr *NumElts, 2487 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2488 unsigned IndexTypeQuals, 2489 SourceRange Brackets) const { 2490 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's 2491 // that have an expression provided for their size. 2492 QualType Canon; 2493 2494 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type. 2495 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2496 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2497 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM, 2498 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2499 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2500 } 2501 2502 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2503 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2504 2505 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); 2506 Types.push_back(New); 2507 return QualType(New, 0); 2508} 2509 2510/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to 2511/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element 2512/// type. 2513QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType, 2514 Expr *numElements, 2515 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2516 unsigned elementTypeQuals, 2517 SourceRange brackets) const { 2518 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() || 2519 numElements->isValueDependent()) && 2520 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); 2521 2522 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number 2523 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent 2524 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay 2525 // because they can't be used in most locations. 2526 if (!numElements) { 2527 DependentSizedArrayType *newType 2528 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2529 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(), 2530 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2531 brackets); 2532 Types.push_back(newType); 2533 return QualType(newType, 0); 2534 } 2535 2536 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we 2537 // also build a canonical type. 2538 2539 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2540 2541 void *insertPos = 0; 2542 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2543 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, 2544 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2545 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements); 2546 2547 // Look for an existing type with these properties. 2548 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy = 2549 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2550 2551 // If we don't have one, build one. 2552 if (!canonTy) { 2553 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2554 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2555 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2556 brackets); 2557 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); 2558 Types.push_back(canonTy); 2559 } 2560 2561 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array. 2562 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0), 2563 canonElementType.Quals); 2564 2565 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type, 2566 // then just use that as our result. 2567 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType) 2568 return canon; 2569 2570 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling 2571 // of the element type. 2572 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType 2573 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2574 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements, 2575 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); 2576 Types.push_back(sugaredType); 2577 return QualType(sugaredType, 0); 2578} 2579 2580QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType, 2581 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2582 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const { 2583 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2584 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2585 2586 void *insertPos = 0; 2587 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat = 2588 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) 2589 return QualType(iat, 0); 2590 2591 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2592 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull 2593 // qualifiers off the element type. 2594 QualType canon; 2595 2596 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2597 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2598 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), 2599 ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2600 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2601 2602 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2603 IncompleteArrayType *existing = 2604 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2605 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing; 2606 } 2607 2608 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2609 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2610 2611 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos); 2612 Types.push_back(newType); 2613 return QualType(newType, 0); 2614} 2615 2616/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of 2617/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2618QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts, 2619 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { 2620 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType()); 2621 2622 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2623 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2624 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind); 2625 2626 void *InsertPos = 0; 2627 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2628 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2629 2630 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2631 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2632 QualType Canonical; 2633 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2634 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind); 2635 2636 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2637 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2638 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2639 } 2640 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2641 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind); 2642 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2643 Types.push_back(New); 2644 return QualType(New, 0); 2645} 2646 2647/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of 2648/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2649QualType 2650ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const { 2651 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType()); 2652 2653 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2654 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2655 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, 2656 VectorType::GenericVector); 2657 void *InsertPos = 0; 2658 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2659 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2660 2661 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2662 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2663 QualType Canonical; 2664 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2665 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); 2666 2667 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2668 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2669 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2670 } 2671 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2672 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); 2673 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2674 Types.push_back(New); 2675 return QualType(New, 0); 2676} 2677 2678QualType 2679ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType, 2680 Expr *SizeExpr, 2681 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { 2682 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2683 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType), 2684 SizeExpr); 2685 2686 void *InsertPos = 0; 2687 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon 2688 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2689 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New; 2690 if (Canon) { 2691 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as 2692 // the canonical type for a newly-built type. 2693 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2694 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0), 2695 SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2696 } else { 2697 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType); 2698 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) { 2699 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2700 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, 2701 AttrLoc); 2702 2703 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck 2704 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2705 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken"); 2706 (void)CanonCheck; 2707 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2708 } else { 2709 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, 2710 SourceLocation()); 2711 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2712 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2713 } 2714 } 2715 2716 Types.push_back(New); 2717 return QualType(New, 0); 2718} 2719 2720/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. 2721/// 2722QualType 2723ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, 2724 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const { 2725 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC(); 2726 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2727 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2728 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2729 // structure. 2730 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2731 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info); 2732 2733 void *InsertPos = 0; 2734 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT = 2735 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2736 return QualType(FT, 0); 2737 2738 QualType Canonical; 2739 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() || 2740 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2741 Canonical = 2742 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2743 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv))); 2744 2745 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2746 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP = 2747 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2748 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2749 } 2750 2751 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2752 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2753 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo); 2754 Types.push_back(New); 2755 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2756 return QualType(New, 0); 2757} 2758 2759/// \brief Determine whether \p T is canonical as the result type of a function. 2760static bool isCanonicalResultType(QualType T) { 2761 return T.isCanonical() && 2762 (T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None || 2763 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone); 2764} 2765 2766/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument 2767/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'. 2768QualType 2769ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgArray, 2770 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 2771 size_t NumArgs = ArgArray.size(); 2772 2773 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2774 // structure. 2775 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2776 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray.begin(), NumArgs, EPI, 2777 *this); 2778 2779 void *InsertPos = 0; 2780 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP = 2781 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2782 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2783 2784 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. 2785 bool isCanonical = 2786 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy) && 2787 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn; 2788 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) 2789 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam()) 2790 isCanonical = false; 2791 2792 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC(); 2793 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2794 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2795 2796 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it. 2797 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type. 2798 QualType Canonical; 2799 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2800 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs; 2801 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2802 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2803 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i])); 2804 2805 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI; 2806 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; 2807 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None; 2808 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0; 2809 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo 2810 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)); 2811 2812 // Result types do not have ARC lifetime qualifiers. 2813 QualType CanResultTy = getCanonicalType(ResultTy); 2814 if (ResultTy.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) { 2815 Qualifiers Qs = CanResultTy.getQualifiers(); 2816 Qs.removeObjCLifetime(); 2817 CanResultTy = getQualifiedType(CanResultTy.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs); 2818 } 2819 2820 Canonical = getFunctionType(CanResultTy, CanonicalArgs, CanonicalEPI); 2821 2822 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2823 FunctionProtoType *NewIP = 2824 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2825 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2826 } 2827 2828 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after 2829 // them for three variable size arrays at the end: 2830 // - parameter types 2831 // - exception types 2832 // - consumed-arguments flags 2833 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept 2834 // expression, or information used to resolve the exception 2835 // specification. 2836 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) + 2837 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType); 2838 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 2839 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType); 2840 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { 2841 Size += sizeof(Expr*); 2842 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) { 2843 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2844 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Unevaluated) { 2845 Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2846 } 2847 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments) 2848 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool); 2849 2850 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 2851 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI; 2852 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2853 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, Canonical, newEPI); 2854 Types.push_back(FTP); 2855 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); 2856 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2857} 2858 2859#ifndef NDEBUG 2860static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) { 2861 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false; 2862 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); 2863 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2864 return true; 2865 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() && 2866 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2867 return true; 2868 return false; 2869} 2870#endif 2871 2872/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the 2873/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration. 2874QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, 2875 QualType TST) const { 2876 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl)); 2877 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) { 2878 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2879 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) { 2880 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type"); 2881 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 2882 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2883 } else { 2884 Type *newType = 2885 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST); 2886 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2887 Types.push_back(newType); 2888 } 2889 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2890} 2891 2892/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2893/// specified type declaration. 2894QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const { 2895 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); 2896 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case"); 2897 2898 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl)) 2899 return getTypedefType(Typedef); 2900 2901 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) && 2902 "Template type parameter types are always available."); 2903 2904 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) { 2905 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() && 2906 "struct/union has previous declaration"); 2907 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record)); 2908 return getRecordType(Record); 2909 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) { 2910 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() && 2911 "enum has previous declaration"); 2912 return getEnumType(Enum); 2913 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using = 2914 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) { 2915 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using); 2916 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2917 Types.push_back(newType); 2918 } else 2919 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?"); 2920 2921 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2922} 2923 2924/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2925/// specified typedef name decl. 2926QualType 2927ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2928 QualType Canonical) const { 2929 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2930 2931 if (Canonical.isNull()) 2932 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); 2933 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2934 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical); 2935 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2936 Types.push_back(newType); 2937 return QualType(newType, 0); 2938} 2939 2940QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const { 2941 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2942 2943 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2944 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2945 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2946 2947 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl); 2948 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2949 Types.push_back(newType); 2950 return QualType(newType, 0); 2951} 2952 2953QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const { 2954 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2955 2956 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2957 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2958 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2959 2960 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl); 2961 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2962 Types.push_back(newType); 2963 return QualType(newType, 0); 2964} 2965 2966QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind, 2967 QualType modifiedType, 2968 QualType equivalentType) { 2969 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id; 2970 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2971 2972 void *insertPos = 0; 2973 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos); 2974 if (type) return QualType(type, 0); 2975 2976 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType); 2977 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2978 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2979 2980 Types.push_back(type); 2981 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos); 2982 2983 return QualType(type, 0); 2984} 2985 2986 2987/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type. 2988QualType 2989ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2990 QualType Replacement) const { 2991 assert(Replacement.isCanonical() 2992 && "replacement types must always be canonical"); 2993 2994 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2995 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement); 2996 void *InsertPos = 0; 2997 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm 2998 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2999 3000 if (!SubstParm) { 3001 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 3002 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement); 3003 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 3004 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 3005 } 3006 3007 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 3008} 3009 3010/// \brief Retrieve a 3011QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( 3012 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 3013 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) { 3014#ifndef NDEBUG 3015 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(), 3016 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end(); 3017 P != PEnd; ++P) { 3018 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type"); 3019 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type"); 3020 } 3021#endif 3022 3023 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3024 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack); 3025 void *InsertPos = 0; 3026 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 3027 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3028 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 3029 3030 QualType Canon; 3031 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 3032 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0)); 3033 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon), 3034 ArgPack); 3035 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3036 } 3037 3038 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 3039 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon, 3040 ArgPack); 3041 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 3042 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 3043 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 3044} 3045 3046/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template 3047/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally) 3048/// name. 3049QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, 3050 bool ParameterPack, 3051 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const { 3052 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3053 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl); 3054 void *InsertPos = 0; 3055 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm 3056 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3057 3058 if (TypeParm) 3059 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 3060 3061 if (TTPDecl) { 3062 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 3063 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon); 3064 3065 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck 3066 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3067 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken"); 3068 (void)TypeCheck; 3069 } else 3070 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 3071 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 3072 3073 Types.push_back(TypeParm); 3074 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); 3075 3076 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 3077} 3078 3079TypeSourceInfo * 3080ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name, 3081 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3082 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 3083 QualType Underlying) const { 3084 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3085 "No dependent template names here!"); 3086 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying); 3087 3088 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST); 3089 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL = 3090 DI->getTypeLoc().castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(); 3091 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 3092 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc); 3093 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc()); 3094 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc()); 3095 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 3096 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo()); 3097 return DI; 3098} 3099 3100QualType 3101ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3102 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 3103 QualType Underlying) const { 3104 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3105 "No dependent template names here!"); 3106 3107 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); 3108 3109 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec; 3110 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs); 3111 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 3112 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument()); 3113 3114 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, 3115 Underlying); 3116} 3117 3118#ifndef NDEBUG 3119static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args, 3120 unsigned NumArgs) { 3121 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 3122 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion()) 3123 return true; 3124 3125 return true; 3126} 3127#endif 3128 3129QualType 3130ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3131 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3132 unsigned NumArgs, 3133 QualType Underlying) const { 3134 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3135 "No dependent template names here!"); 3136 // Look through qualified template names. 3137 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3138 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3139 3140 bool IsTypeAlias = 3141 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() && 3142 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl()); 3143 QualType CanonType; 3144 if (!Underlying.isNull()) 3145 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying); 3146 else { 3147 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains 3148 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack. 3149 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) && 3150 "Caller must compute aliased type"); 3151 IsTypeAlias = false; 3152 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, 3153 NumArgs); 3154 } 3155 3156 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't 3157 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that 3158 // we don't unique and don't want to lose. 3159 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3160 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs + 3161 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0), 3162 TypeAlignment); 3163 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3164 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType, 3165 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType()); 3166 3167 Types.push_back(Spec); 3168 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3169} 3170 3171QualType 3172ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3173 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3174 unsigned NumArgs) const { 3175 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3176 "No dependent template names here!"); 3177 3178 // Look through qualified template names. 3179 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3180 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3181 3182 // Build the canonical template specialization type. 3183 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template); 3184 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs; 3185 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 3186 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 3187 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I])); 3188 3189 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already 3190 // exists. 3191 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3192 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, 3193 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this); 3194 3195 void *InsertPos = 0; 3196 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3197 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3198 3199 if (!Spec) { 3200 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type. 3201 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3202 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3203 TypeAlignment); 3204 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate, 3205 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, 3206 QualType(), QualType()); 3207 Types.push_back(Spec); 3208 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); 3209 } 3210 3211 assert(Spec->isDependentType() && 3212 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type"); 3213 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3214} 3215 3216QualType 3217ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3218 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3219 QualType NamedType) const { 3220 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3221 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType); 3222 3223 void *InsertPos = 0; 3224 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3225 if (T) 3226 return QualType(T, 0); 3227 3228 QualType Canon = NamedType; 3229 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3230 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType); 3231 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3232 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken"); 3233 (void)CheckT; 3234 } 3235 3236 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon); 3237 Types.push_back(T); 3238 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3239 return QualType(T, 0); 3240} 3241 3242QualType 3243ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const { 3244 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3245 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType); 3246 3247 void *InsertPos = 0; 3248 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3249 if (T) 3250 return QualType(T, 0); 3251 3252 QualType Canon = InnerType; 3253 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3254 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType); 3255 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3256 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken"); 3257 (void)CheckT; 3258 } 3259 3260 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon); 3261 Types.push_back(T); 3262 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3263 return QualType(T, 0); 3264} 3265 3266QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3267 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3268 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3269 QualType Canon) const { 3270 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3271 3272 if (Canon.isNull()) { 3273 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3274 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3275 if (Keyword == ETK_None) 3276 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3277 3278 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) 3279 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name); 3280 } 3281 3282 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3283 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name); 3284 3285 void *InsertPos = 0; 3286 DependentNameType *T 3287 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3288 if (T) 3289 return QualType(T, 0); 3290 3291 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon); 3292 Types.push_back(T); 3293 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3294 return QualType(T, 0); 3295} 3296 3297QualType 3298ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3299 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3300 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3301 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3302 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const { 3303 // TODO: avoid this copy 3304 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy; 3305 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) 3306 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument()); 3307 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, 3308 ArgCopy.size(), 3309 ArgCopy.data()); 3310} 3311 3312QualType 3313ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3314 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3315 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3316 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3317 unsigned NumArgs, 3318 const TemplateArgument *Args) const { 3319 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 3320 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3321 3322 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3323 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS, 3324 Name, NumArgs, Args); 3325 3326 void *InsertPos = 0; 3327 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T 3328 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3329 if (T) 3330 return QualType(T, 0); 3331 3332 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3333 3334 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3335 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3336 3337 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false; 3338 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs); 3339 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) { 3340 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]); 3341 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I])) 3342 AnyNonCanonArgs = true; 3343 } 3344 3345 QualType Canon; 3346 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) { 3347 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, 3348 Name, NumArgs, 3349 CanonArgs.data()); 3350 3351 // Find the insert position again. 3352 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3353 } 3354 3355 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) + 3356 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3357 TypeAlignment); 3358 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, 3359 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon); 3360 Types.push_back(T); 3361 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3362 return QualType(T, 0); 3363} 3364 3365QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, 3366 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { 3367 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3368 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions); 3369 3370 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && 3371 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs"); 3372 void *InsertPos = 0; 3373 PackExpansionType *T 3374 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3375 if (T) 3376 return QualType(T, 0); 3377 3378 QualType Canon; 3379 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) { 3380 Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern); 3381 // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it 3382 // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its 3383 // parameters. 3384 if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { 3385 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions); 3386 3387 // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into 3388 // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position. 3389 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3390 } 3391 } 3392 3393 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions); 3394 Types.push_back(T); 3395 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3396 return QualType(T, 0); 3397} 3398 3399/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols 3400/// alphabetically. 3401static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS, 3402 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) { 3403 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName(); 3404} 3405 3406static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3407 unsigned NumProtocols) { 3408 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true; 3409 3410 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0]) 3411 return false; 3412 3413 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i) 3414 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) || 3415 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i]) 3416 return false; 3417 return true; 3418} 3419 3420static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, 3421 unsigned &NumProtocols) { 3422 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols; 3423 3424 // Sort protocols, keyed by name. 3425 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames); 3426 3427 // Canonicalize. 3428 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I) 3429 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl(); 3430 3431 // Remove duplicates. 3432 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd); 3433 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols; 3434} 3435 3436QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, 3437 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3438 unsigned NumProtocols) const { 3439 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols 3440 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine. 3441 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType)) 3442 return BaseType; 3443 3444 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3445 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3446 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3447 void *InsertPos = 0; 3448 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3449 return QualType(QT, 0); 3450 3451 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and 3452 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols. 3453 QualType Canonical; 3454 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols); 3455 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) { 3456 if (!ProtocolsSorted) { 3457 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols, 3458 Protocols + NumProtocols); 3459 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols; 3460 3461 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3462 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3463 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3464 } else { 3465 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3466 Protocols, NumProtocols); 3467 } 3468 3469 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3470 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3471 } 3472 3473 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl); 3474 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); 3475 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 3476 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T = 3477 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3478 3479 Types.push_back(T); 3480 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3481 return QualType(T, 0); 3482} 3483 3484/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for 3485/// the given object type. 3486QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const { 3487 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3488 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT); 3489 3490 void *InsertPos = 0; 3491 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT = 3492 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3493 return QualType(QT, 0); 3494 3495 // Find the canonical object type. 3496 QualType Canonical; 3497 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) { 3498 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT)); 3499 3500 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3501 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3502 } 3503 3504 // No match. 3505 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment); 3506 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = 3507 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT); 3508 3509 Types.push_back(QType); 3510 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); 3511 return QualType(QType, 0); 3512} 3513 3514/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3515/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional. 3516QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl, 3517 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const { 3518 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) 3519 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3520 3521 if (PrevDecl) { 3522 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl"); 3523 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 3524 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3525 } 3526 3527 // Prefer the definition, if there is one. 3528 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition()) 3529 Decl = Def; 3530 3531 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment); 3532 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 3533 Decl->TypeForDecl = T; 3534 Types.push_back(T); 3535 return QualType(T, 0); 3536} 3537 3538/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique 3539/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, 3540/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different 3541/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3542/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3543QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const { 3544 TypeOfExprType *toe; 3545 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) { 3546 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3547 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr); 3548 3549 void *InsertPos = 0; 3550 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon 3551 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3552 if (Canon) { 3553 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent 3554 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type. 3555 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, 3556 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0)); 3557 } else { 3558 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3559 Canon 3560 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr); 3561 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3562 toe = Canon; 3563 } 3564 } else { 3565 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); 3566 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical); 3567 } 3568 Types.push_back(toe); 3569 return QualType(toe, 0); 3570} 3571 3572/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3573/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3574/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3575/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3576/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3577QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const { 3578 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); 3579 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); 3580 Types.push_back(tot); 3581 return QualType(tot, 0); 3582} 3583 3584 3585/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3586/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3587/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3588/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3589/// on canonical types (which are always unique). 3590QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const { 3591 DecltypeType *dt; 3592 3593 // C++0x [temp.type]p2: 3594 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a 3595 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same 3596 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1). 3597 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) { 3598 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3599 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e); 3600 3601 void *InsertPos = 0; 3602 DependentDecltypeType *Canon 3603 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3604 if (Canon) { 3605 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent 3606 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type. 3607 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3608 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0)); 3609 } else { 3610 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3611 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e); 3612 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3613 dt = Canon; 3614 } 3615 } else { 3616 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3617 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3618 } 3619 Types.push_back(dt); 3620 return QualType(dt, 0); 3621} 3622 3623/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory 3624/// savings are minimal and these are rare. 3625QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 3626 QualType UnderlyingType, 3627 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind) 3628 const { 3629 UnaryTransformType *Ty = 3630 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType, 3631 Kind, 3632 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ? 3633 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3634 Types.push_back(Ty); 3635 return QualType(Ty, 0); 3636} 3637 3638/// getAutoType - Return the uniqued reference to the 'auto' type which has been 3639/// deduced to the given type, or to the canonical undeduced 'auto' type, or the 3640/// canonical deduced-but-dependent 'auto' type. 3641QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType, bool IsDecltypeAuto, 3642 bool IsDependent) const { 3643 if (DeducedType.isNull() && !IsDecltypeAuto && !IsDependent) 3644 return getAutoDeductType(); 3645 3646 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3647 void *InsertPos = 0; 3648 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3649 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType, IsDecltypeAuto, IsDependent); 3650 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3651 return QualType(AT, 0); 3652 3653 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType, 3654 IsDecltypeAuto, 3655 IsDependent); 3656 Types.push_back(AT); 3657 if (InsertPos) 3658 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); 3659 return QualType(AT, 0); 3660} 3661 3662/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for 3663/// the given value type. 3664QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const { 3665 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 3666 // structure. 3667 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3668 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T); 3669 3670 void *InsertPos = 0; 3671 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3672 return QualType(AT, 0); 3673 3674 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 3675 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 3676 QualType Canonical; 3677 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 3678 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T)); 3679 3680 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 3681 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3682 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 3683 } 3684 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical); 3685 Types.push_back(New); 3686 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 3687 return QualType(New, 0); 3688} 3689 3690/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'. 3691QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const { 3692 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull()) 3693 AutoDeductTy = QualType( 3694 new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(QualType(), /*decltype(auto)*/false, 3695 /*dependent*/false), 3696 0); 3697 return AutoDeductTy; 3698} 3699 3700/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'. 3701QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const { 3702 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull()) 3703 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType()); 3704 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern"); 3705 return AutoRRefDeductTy; 3706} 3707 3708/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3709/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. 3710QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const { 3711 assert (Decl); 3712 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting 3713 // away const? mutable? 3714 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl)); 3715} 3716 3717/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result 3718/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and 3719/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>. 3720CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { 3721 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType()); 3722} 3723 3724/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3725CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const { 3726 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType()); 3727} 3728 3729/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3730CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const { 3731 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType()); 3732} 3733 3734/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". 3735/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3736QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { 3737 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3738 return WCharTy; 3739} 3740 3741/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". 3742/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3743QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { 3744 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3745 return UnsignedIntTy; 3746} 3747 3748QualType ASTContext::getIntPtrType() const { 3749 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntPtrType()); 3750} 3751 3752QualType ASTContext::getUIntPtrType() const { 3753 return getCorrespondingUnsignedType(getIntPtrType()); 3754} 3755 3756/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17) 3757/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). 3758QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { 3759 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0)); 3760} 3761 3762/// \brief Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in 3763/// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork(). 3764QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const { 3765 return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType()); 3766} 3767 3768//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3769// Type Operators 3770//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3771 3772CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const { 3773 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining 3774 // qualifiers. 3775 T = getCanonicalType(T); 3776 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3777 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); 3778 QualType Result; 3779 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) { 3780 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0)); 3781 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) { 3782 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0)); 3783 } else { 3784 Result = QualType(Ty, 0); 3785 } 3786 3787 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result); 3788} 3789 3790QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type, 3791 Qualifiers &quals) { 3792 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType(); 3793 3794 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to 3795 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor. 3796 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with 3797 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly. 3798 const ArrayType *AT = 3799 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); 3800 3801 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType. 3802 if (!AT) { 3803 quals = splitType.Quals; 3804 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3805 } 3806 3807 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type. 3808 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType(); 3809 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals); 3810 3811 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we 3812 // can just use the results in splitType. 3813 if (elementType == unqualElementType) { 3814 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call 3815 quals = splitType.Quals; 3816 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3817 } 3818 3819 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then 3820 // build the type back up. 3821 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals); 3822 3823 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 3824 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(), 3825 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3826 } 3827 3828 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { 3829 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3830 } 3831 3832 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) { 3833 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType, 3834 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3835 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3836 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3837 VAT->getBracketsRange()); 3838 } 3839 3840 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT); 3841 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3842 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0, 3843 SourceRange()); 3844} 3845 3846/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that 3847/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that 3848/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types 3849/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this 3850/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level 3851/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically 3852/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and 3853/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level. 3854bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { 3855 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(), 3856 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>(); 3857 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) { 3858 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3859 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3860 return true; 3861 } 3862 3863 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(), 3864 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 3865 if (T1MPType && T2MPType && 3866 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0), 3867 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) { 3868 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType(); 3869 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType(); 3870 return true; 3871 } 3872 3873 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 3874 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 3875 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 3876 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) { 3877 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType(); 3878 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType(); 3879 return true; 3880 } 3881 } 3882 3883 // FIXME: Block pointers, too? 3884 3885 return false; 3886} 3887 3888DeclarationNameInfo 3889ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name, 3890 SourceLocation NameLoc) const { 3891 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3892 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3893 case TemplateName::Template: 3894 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3895 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(), 3896 NameLoc); 3897 3898 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: { 3899 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate(); 3900 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3901 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc); 3902 } 3903 3904 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3905 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3906 DeclarationName DName; 3907 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) { 3908 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier()); 3909 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc); 3910 } else { 3911 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); 3912 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations? 3913 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; 3914 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3915 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3916 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc); 3917 } 3918 } 3919 3920 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3921 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3922 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3923 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(), 3924 NameLoc); 3925 } 3926 3927 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3928 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3929 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3930 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(), 3931 NameLoc); 3932 } 3933 } 3934 3935 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!"); 3936} 3937 3938TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const { 3939 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3940 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3941 case TemplateName::Template: { 3942 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 3943 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP 3944 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template)) 3945 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP); 3946 3947 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration. 3948 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl())); 3949 } 3950 3951 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: 3952 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template"); 3953 3954 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3955 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3956 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls."); 3957 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName; 3958 } 3959 3960 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3961 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3962 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3963 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement()); 3964 } 3965 3966 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3967 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3968 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3969 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter 3970 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack()); 3971 TemplateArgument canonArgPack 3972 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack()); 3973 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack); 3974 } 3975 } 3976 3977 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!"); 3978} 3979 3980bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) { 3981 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X); 3982 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y); 3983 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer(); 3984} 3985 3986TemplateArgument 3987ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const { 3988 switch (Arg.getKind()) { 3989 case TemplateArgument::Null: 3990 return Arg; 3991 3992 case TemplateArgument::Expression: 3993 return Arg; 3994 3995 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: { 3996 ValueDecl *D = cast<ValueDecl>(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 3997 return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.isDeclForReferenceParam()); 3998 } 3999 4000 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: 4001 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()), 4002 /*isNullPtr*/true); 4003 4004 case TemplateArgument::Template: 4005 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate())); 4006 4007 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: 4008 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName( 4009 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()), 4010 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions()); 4011 4012 case TemplateArgument::Integral: 4013 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType())); 4014 4015 case TemplateArgument::Type: 4016 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType())); 4017 4018 case TemplateArgument::Pack: { 4019 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0) 4020 return Arg; 4021 4022 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs 4023 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()]; 4024 unsigned Idx = 0; 4025 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(), 4026 AEnd = Arg.pack_end(); 4027 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx) 4028 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A); 4029 4030 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size()); 4031 } 4032 } 4033 4034 // Silence GCC warning 4035 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind"); 4036} 4037 4038NestedNameSpecifier * 4039ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const { 4040 if (!NNS) 4041 return 0; 4042 4043 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 4044 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 4045 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same. 4046 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 4047 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()), 4048 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 4049 4050 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 4051 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 4052 // this namespace and no prefix. 4053 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 4054 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace()); 4055 4056 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 4057 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 4058 // this namespace and no prefix. 4059 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 4060 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace() 4061 ->getOriginalNamespace()); 4062 4063 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 4064 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: { 4065 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)); 4066 4067 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"), 4068 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those 4069 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize 4070 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name 4071 // types, e.g., 4072 // typedef typename T::type T1; 4073 // typedef typename T1::type T2; 4074 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) 4075 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(), 4076 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier())); 4077 4078 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec. 4079 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the 4080 // first place? 4081 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, 4082 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr())); 4083 } 4084 4085 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 4086 // The global specifier is canonical and unique. 4087 return NNS; 4088 } 4089 4090 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!"); 4091} 4092 4093 4094const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const { 4095 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. 4096 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 4097 // Handle the common positive case fast. 4098 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) 4099 return AT; 4100 } 4101 4102 // Handle the common negative case fast. 4103 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType())) 4104 return 0; 4105 4106 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This 4107 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes 4108 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." 4109 4110 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have 4111 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type 4112 // we must propagate them down into the element type. 4113 4114 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType(); 4115 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals; 4116 4117 // If we have a simple case, just return now. 4118 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty); 4119 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty()) 4120 return ATy; 4121 4122 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the 4123 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. 4124 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs); 4125 4126 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy)) 4127 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), 4128 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 4129 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 4130 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy)) 4131 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, 4132 IAT->getSizeModifier(), 4133 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 4134 4135 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT 4136 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy)) 4137 return cast<ArrayType>( 4138 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, 4139 DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 4140 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 4141 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4142 DSAT->getBracketsRange())); 4143 4144 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy); 4145 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, 4146 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 4147 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 4148 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4149 VAT->getBracketsRange())); 4150} 4151 4152QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const { 4153 if (T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4154 return getDecayedType(T); 4155 return T; 4156} 4157 4158QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const { 4159 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 4160 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T); 4161 return T.getUnqualifiedType(); 4162} 4163 4164/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the 4165/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when 4166/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, 4167/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. 4168/// 4169/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. 4170QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { 4171 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any 4172 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation 4173 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present 4174 // (C99 6.7.3p8). 4175 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); 4176 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); 4177 4178 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); 4179 4180 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict 4181 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers()); 4182} 4183 4184QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const { 4185 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType()); 4186} 4187 4188QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const { 4189 Qualifiers qs; 4190 while (true) { 4191 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 4192 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); 4193 if (!array) break; 4194 4195 type = array->getElementType(); 4196 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals); 4197 } 4198 4199 return getQualifiedType(type, qs); 4200} 4201 4202/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements. 4203uint64_t 4204ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const { 4205 uint64_t ElementCount = 1; 4206 do { 4207 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue(); 4208 CA = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>( 4209 CA->getElementType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()); 4210 } while (CA); 4211 return ElementCount; 4212} 4213 4214/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. 4215/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. 4216static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { 4217 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 4218 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); 4219 4220 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4221 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 4222 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4223 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank; 4224 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank; 4225 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank; 4226 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; 4227 } 4228} 4229 4230/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating 4231/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). 4232/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. 4233/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. 4234QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, 4235 QualType Domain) const { 4236 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); 4237 if (Domain->isComplexType()) { 4238 switch (EltRank) { 4239 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported"); 4240 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy; 4241 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy; 4242 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; 4243 } 4244 } 4245 4246 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); 4247 switch (EltRank) { 4248 case HalfRank: return HalfTy; 4249 case FloatRank: return FloatTy; 4250 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy; 4251 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; 4252 } 4253 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); 4254} 4255 4256/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating 4257/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == 4258/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4259/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4260int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4261 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); 4262 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); 4263 4264 if (LHSR == RHSR) 4265 return 0; 4266 if (LHSR > RHSR) 4267 return 1; 4268 return -1; 4269} 4270 4271/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This 4272/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, 4273/// or if it is not canonicalized. 4274unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const { 4275 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized"); 4276 4277 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 4278 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); 4279 case BuiltinType::Bool: 4280 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); 4281 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4282 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4283 case BuiltinType::SChar: 4284 case BuiltinType::UChar: 4285 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); 4286 case BuiltinType::Short: 4287 case BuiltinType::UShort: 4288 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); 4289 case BuiltinType::Int: 4290 case BuiltinType::UInt: 4291 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); 4292 case BuiltinType::Long: 4293 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4294 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); 4295 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 4296 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 4297 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); 4298 case BuiltinType::Int128: 4299 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 4300 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3); 4301 } 4302} 4303 4304/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according 4305/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions). 4306/// 4307/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no 4308/// promotion occurs. 4309QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const { 4310 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 4311 return QualType(); 4312 4313 FieldDecl *Field = E->getSourceBitField(); // FIXME: conditional bit-fields? 4314 if (!Field) 4315 return QualType(); 4316 4317 QualType FT = Field->getType(); 4318 4319 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 4320 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 4321 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal 4322 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is. 4323 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int. 4324 if (BitWidth < IntSize) 4325 return IntTy; 4326 4327 if (BitWidth == IntSize) 4328 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4329 4330 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act 4331 // like the base type. 4332 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here 4333 // is ridiculous. 4334 return QualType(); 4335} 4336 4337/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will 4338/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable 4339/// integer type. 4340QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const { 4341 assert(!Promotable.isNull()); 4342 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType()); 4343 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>()) 4344 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 4345 4346 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4347 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t 4348 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following 4349 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type: 4350 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or 4351 // unsigned long long int [...] 4352 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this? 4353 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S || 4354 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U || 4355 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 || 4356 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) { 4357 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S; 4358 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT); 4359 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy, 4360 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy }; 4361 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) { 4362 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); 4363 if (FromSize < ToSize || 4364 (FromSize == ToSize && 4365 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) 4366 return PromoteTypes[Idx]; 4367 } 4368 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long"); 4369 } 4370 } 4371 4372 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type. 4373 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType()) 4374 return IntTy; 4375 uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable); 4376 uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy); 4377 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize); 4378 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4379} 4380 4381/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable 4382/// type and returns its ownership. 4383Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const { 4384 while (!T.isNull()) { 4385 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None) 4386 return T.getObjCLifetime(); 4387 if (T->isArrayType()) 4388 T = getBaseElementType(T); 4389 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 4390 T = PT->getPointeeType(); 4391 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 4392 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 4393 else 4394 break; 4395 } 4396 4397 return Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4398} 4399 4400/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: 4401/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4402/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4403int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4404 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); 4405 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); 4406 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; 4407 4408 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4409 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4410 4411 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); 4412 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); 4413 4414 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned. 4415 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; 4416 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; 4417 } 4418 4419 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. 4420 if (LHSUnsigned) { 4421 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. 4422 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) 4423 return 1; 4424 4425 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4426 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4427 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4428 return -1; 4429 } 4430 4431 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. 4432 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) 4433 return -1; 4434 4435 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4436 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4437 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4438 return 1; 4439} 4440 4441static RecordDecl * 4442CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, 4443 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) { 4444 SourceLocation Loc; 4445 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4446 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4447 else 4448 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4449} 4450 4451// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. 4452QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const { 4453 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) { 4454 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = 4455 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4456 &Idents.get("NSConstantString")); 4457 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 4458 4459 QualType FieldTypes[4]; 4460 4461 // const int *isa; 4462 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); 4463 // int flags; 4464 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy; 4465 // const char *str; 4466 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); 4467 // long length; 4468 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy; 4469 4470 // Create fields 4471 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4472 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl, 4473 SourceLocation(), 4474 SourceLocation(), 0, 4475 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4476 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4477 /*Mutable=*/false, 4478 ICIS_NoInit); 4479 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4480 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 4481 } 4482 4483 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 4484 } 4485 4486 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl); 4487} 4488 4489QualType ASTContext::getObjCSuperType() const { 4490 if (ObjCSuperType.isNull()) { 4491 RecordDecl *ObjCSuperTypeDecl = 4492 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get("objc_super")); 4493 TUDecl->addDecl(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4494 ObjCSuperType = getTagDeclType(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4495 } 4496 return ObjCSuperType; 4497} 4498 4499void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) { 4500 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 4501 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); 4502 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 4503} 4504 4505QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const { 4506 if (BlockDescriptorType) 4507 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4508 4509 RecordDecl *T; 4510 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4511 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4512 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor")); 4513 T->startDefinition(); 4514 4515 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4516 UnsignedLongTy, 4517 UnsignedLongTy, 4518 }; 4519 4520 static const char *const FieldNames[] = { 4521 "reserved", 4522 "Size" 4523 }; 4524 4525 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { 4526 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4527 SourceLocation(), 4528 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4529 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4530 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4531 /*Mutable=*/false, 4532 ICIS_NoInit); 4533 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4534 T->addDecl(Field); 4535 } 4536 4537 T->completeDefinition(); 4538 4539 BlockDescriptorType = T; 4540 4541 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4542} 4543 4544QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const { 4545 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType) 4546 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4547 4548 RecordDecl *T; 4549 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4550 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4551 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose")); 4552 T->startDefinition(); 4553 4554 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4555 UnsignedLongTy, 4556 UnsignedLongTy, 4557 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4558 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy) 4559 }; 4560 4561 static const char *const FieldNames[] = { 4562 "reserved", 4563 "Size", 4564 "CopyFuncPtr", 4565 "DestroyFuncPtr" 4566 }; 4567 4568 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4569 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4570 SourceLocation(), 4571 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4572 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4573 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4574 /*Mutable=*/false, 4575 ICIS_NoInit); 4576 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4577 T->addDecl(Field); 4578 } 4579 4580 T->completeDefinition(); 4581 4582 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T; 4583 4584 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4585} 4586 4587/// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty" 4588/// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic 4589/// in buildByrefHelpers. 4590bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty, 4591 const VarDecl *D) { 4592 if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4593 const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInits(D); 4594 if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false; 4595 4596 return true; 4597 } 4598 4599 if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false; 4600 4601 Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers(); 4602 4603 // If we have lifetime, that dominates. 4604 if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) { 4605 assert(getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 4606 4607 switch (lifetime) { 4608 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible"); 4609 4610 // These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned. 4611 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4612 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4613 return false; 4614 4615 // Tell the runtime that this is ARC __weak, called by the 4616 // byref routines. 4617 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4618 // ARC __strong __block variables need to be retained. 4619 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4620 return true; 4621 } 4622 llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!"); 4623 } 4624 return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) || 4625 Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType()); 4626} 4627 4628bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty, 4629 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime, 4630 bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const { 4631 4632 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 || 4633 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4634 return false; 4635 4636 HasByrefExtendedLayout = false; 4637 if (Ty->isRecordType()) { 4638 HasByrefExtendedLayout = true; 4639 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4640 } 4641 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 4642 LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime(); 4643 // MRR. 4644 else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 4645 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 4646 else 4647 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4648 return true; 4649} 4650 4651TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() { 4652 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl) 4653 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this, 4654 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4655 SourceLocation(), 4656 SourceLocation(), 4657 &Idents.get("instancetype"), 4658 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType())); 4659 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl; 4660} 4661 4662// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: 4663// typedef <type> BOOL; 4664static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { 4665 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) 4666 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) 4667 return II->isStr("BOOL"); 4668 4669 return false; 4670} 4671 4672/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding 4673/// purpose. 4674CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const { 4675 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType()) 4676 return CharUnits::Zero(); 4677 4678 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type); 4679 4680 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int 4681 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 4682 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy)); 4683 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. 4684 else if (type->isArrayType()) 4685 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4686 return sz; 4687} 4688 4689static inline 4690std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) { 4691 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity()); 4692} 4693 4694/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block 4695/// declaration. 4696std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const { 4697 std::string S; 4698 4699 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl(); 4700 QualType BlockTy = 4701 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4702 // Encode result type. 4703 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4704 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, 4705 BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4706 S, true /*Extended*/); 4707 else 4708 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4709 S); 4710 // Compute size of all parameters. 4711 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4712 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4713 SourceLocation Loc; 4714 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4715 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4716 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4717 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4718 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4719 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4720 if (sz.isZero()) 4721 continue; 4722 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type"); 4723 ParmOffset += sz; 4724 } 4725 // Size of the argument frame 4726 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4727 // Block pointer and offset. 4728 S += "@?0"; 4729 4730 // Argument types. 4731 ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4732 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = 4733 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4734 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4735 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4736 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4737 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4738 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4739 // elements. 4740 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4741 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4742 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4743 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4744 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4745 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType, 4746 S, true /*Extended*/); 4747 else 4748 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4749 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4750 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4751 } 4752 4753 return S; 4754} 4755 4756bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl, 4757 std::string& S) { 4758 // Encode result type. 4759 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S); 4760 CharUnits ParmOffset; 4761 // Compute size of all parameters. 4762 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4763 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4764 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4765 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4766 if (sz.isZero()) 4767 continue; 4768 4769 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4770 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4771 ParmOffset += sz; 4772 } 4773 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4774 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); 4775 4776 // Argument types. 4777 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4778 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4779 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4780 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4781 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4782 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4783 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4784 // elements. 4785 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4786 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4787 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4788 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4789 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4790 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4791 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4792 } 4793 4794 return false; 4795} 4796 4797/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single 4798/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and 4799/// block object types. 4800void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 4801 QualType T, std::string& S, 4802 bool Extended) const { 4803 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter. 4804 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S); 4805 // Encode parameter type. 4806 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0, 4807 true /*OutermostType*/, 4808 false /*EncodingProperty*/, 4809 false /*StructField*/, 4810 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/, 4811 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/); 4812} 4813 4814/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method 4815/// declaration. 4816bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, 4817 std::string& S, 4818 bool Extended) const { 4819 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4820 // Encode return type. 4821 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4822 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended); 4823 // Compute size of all parameters. 4824 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4825 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4826 SourceLocation Loc; 4827 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4828 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for 4829 // their size. 4830 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4831 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4832 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4833 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4834 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4835 if (sz.isZero()) 4836 continue; 4837 4838 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4839 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4840 ParmOffset += sz; 4841 } 4842 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4843 S += "@0:"; 4844 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize); 4845 4846 // Argument types. 4847 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4848 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4849 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4850 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4851 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4852 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4853 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4854 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4855 // elements. 4856 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4857 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4858 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4859 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4860 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4861 PType, S, Extended); 4862 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4863 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4864 } 4865 4866 return false; 4867} 4868 4869/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this 4870/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an 4871/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be 4872/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. 4873/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple 4874/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The 4875/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are 4876/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types 4877/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode 4878/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: 4879/// @code 4880/// enum PropertyAttributes { 4881/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only. 4882/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned 4883/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned 4884/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic 4885/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name 4886/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name 4887/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name 4888/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding. 4889/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property 4890/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able 4891/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic 4892/// }; 4893/// @endcode 4894void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 4895 const Decl *Container, 4896 std::string& S) const { 4897 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). 4898 bool Dynamic = false; 4899 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0; 4900 4901 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction. 4902 if (Container) { 4903 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = 4904 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) { 4905 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4906 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end(); 4907 i != e; ++i) { 4908 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4909 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4910 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4911 Dynamic = true; 4912 } else { 4913 SynthesizePID = PID; 4914 } 4915 } 4916 } 4917 } else { 4918 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container); 4919 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4920 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end(); 4921 i != e; ++i) { 4922 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4923 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4924 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4925 Dynamic = true; 4926 } else { 4927 SynthesizePID = PID; 4928 } 4929 } 4930 } 4931 } 4932 } 4933 4934 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4935 S = "T"; 4936 4937 // Encode result type. 4938 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which 4939 // closely resembles encoding of ivars. 4940 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0, 4941 true /* outermost type */, 4942 true /* encoding for property */); 4943 4944 if (PD->isReadOnly()) { 4945 S += ",R"; 4946 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_copy) 4947 S += ",C"; 4948 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_retain) 4949 S += ",&"; 4950 } else { 4951 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { 4952 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; 4953 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break; 4954 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; 4955 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break; 4956 } 4957 } 4958 4959 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties 4960 // are "dynamic by default". 4961 if (Dynamic) 4962 S += ",D"; 4963 4964 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) 4965 S += ",N"; 4966 4967 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { 4968 S += ",G"; 4969 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); 4970 } 4971 4972 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { 4973 S += ",S"; 4974 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); 4975 } 4976 4977 if (SynthesizePID) { 4978 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); 4979 S += ",V"; 4980 S += OID->getNameAsString(); 4981 } 4982 4983 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong 4984} 4985 4986/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - 4987/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as 4988/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use 4989/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! 4990/// 4991void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { 4992 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 4993 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4994 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4995 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; 4996 else 4997 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4998 PointeeTy = IntTy; 4999 } 5000 } 5001} 5002 5003void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, 5004 const FieldDecl *Field) const { 5005 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are 5006 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that 5007 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the 5008 // same type. 5009 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field, 5010 true /* outermost type */); 5011} 5012 5013static char getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, 5014 BuiltinType::Kind kind) { 5015 switch (kind) { 5016 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v'; 5017 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B'; 5018 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 5019 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C'; 5020 case BuiltinType::Char16: 5021 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S'; 5022 case BuiltinType::Char32: 5023 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I'; 5024 case BuiltinType::ULong: 5025 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; 5026 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T'; 5027 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q'; 5028 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 5029 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c'; 5030 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's'; 5031 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 5032 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 5033 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i'; 5034 case BuiltinType::Long: 5035 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; 5036 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q'; 5037 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't'; 5038 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f'; 5039 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd'; 5040 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D'; 5041 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: return '*'; // like char* 5042 5043 case BuiltinType::Half: 5044 // FIXME: potentially need @encodes for these! 5045 return ' '; 5046 5047 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 5048 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 5049 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 5050 llvm_unreachable("@encoding ObjC primitive type"); 5051 5052 // OpenCL and placeholder types don't need @encodings. 5053 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 5054 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 5055 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 5056 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 5057 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 5058 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 5059 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 5060 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: 5061 case BuiltinType::Dependent: 5062#define BUILTIN_TYPE(KIND, ID) 5063#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(KIND, ID) \ 5064 case BuiltinType::KIND: 5065#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" 5066 llvm_unreachable("invalid builtin type for @encode"); 5067 } 5068 llvm_unreachable("invalid BuiltinType::Kind value"); 5069} 5070 5071static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) { 5072 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); 5073 5074 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size. 5075 if (!Enum->isFixed()) 5076 return 'i'; 5077 5078 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type. 5079 const BuiltinType *BT = Enum->getIntegerType()->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 5080 return getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, BT->getKind()); 5081} 5082 5083static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S, 5084 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) { 5085 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); 5086 S += 'b'; 5087 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits. 5088 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b, 5089 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the 5090 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure: 5091 // 5092 // struct 5093 // { 5094 // int integer; 5095 // int flags:2; 5096 // }; 5097 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT 5098 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra 5099 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for 5100 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that 5101 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes... 5102 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) { 5103 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent(); 5104 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5105 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex())); 5106 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 5107 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET); 5108 else { 5109 const BuiltinType *BT = T->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 5110 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, BT->getKind()); 5111 } 5112 } 5113 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx)); 5114} 5115 5116// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string. 5117void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S, 5118 bool ExpandPointedToStructures, 5119 bool ExpandStructures, 5120 const FieldDecl *FD, 5121 bool OutermostType, 5122 bool EncodingProperty, 5123 bool StructField, 5124 bool EncodeBlockParameters, 5125 bool EncodeClassNames, 5126 bool EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) const { 5127 CanQualType CT = getCanonicalType(T); 5128 switch (CT->getTypeClass()) { 5129 case Type::Builtin: 5130 case Type::Enum: 5131 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 5132 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 5133 if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CT)) 5134 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, BT->getKind()); 5135 else 5136 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, cast<EnumType>(CT)); 5137 return; 5138 5139 case Type::Complex: { 5140 const ComplexType *CT = T->castAs<ComplexType>(); 5141 S += 'j'; 5142 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false, 5143 false); 5144 return; 5145 } 5146 5147 case Type::Atomic: { 5148 const AtomicType *AT = T->castAs<AtomicType>(); 5149 S += 'A'; 5150 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getValueType(), S, false, false, 0, 5151 false, false); 5152 return; 5153 } 5154 5155 // encoding for pointer or reference types. 5156 case Type::Pointer: 5157 case Type::LValueReference: 5158 case Type::RValueReference: { 5159 QualType PointeeTy; 5160 if (isa<PointerType>(CT)) { 5161 const PointerType *PT = T->castAs<PointerType>(); 5162 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) { 5163 S += ':'; 5164 return; 5165 } 5166 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); 5167 } else { 5168 PointeeTy = T->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); 5169 } 5170 5171 bool isReadOnly = false; 5172 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the 5173 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of 5174 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! 5175 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! 5176 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { 5177 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) { 5178 isReadOnly = true; 5179 S += 'r'; 5180 } 5181 } else if (OutermostType) { 5182 QualType P = PointeeTy; 5183 while (P->getAs<PointerType>()) 5184 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5185 if (P.isConstQualified()) { 5186 isReadOnly = true; 5187 S += 'r'; 5188 } 5189 } 5190 if (isReadOnly) { 5191 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type 5192 // combinations need to be rearranged. 5193 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" 5194 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr")) 5195 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn"); 5196 } 5197 5198 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { 5199 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a 5200 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. 5201 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { 5202 S += '*'; 5203 return; 5204 } 5205 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5206 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#". 5207 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) { 5208 S += '#'; 5209 return; 5210 } 5211 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@". 5212 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) { 5213 S += '@'; 5214 return; 5215 } 5216 // fall through... 5217 } 5218 S += '^'; 5219 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); 5220 5221 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5222 NULL); 5223 return; 5224 } 5225 5226 case Type::ConstantArray: 5227 case Type::IncompleteArray: 5228 case Type::VariableArray: { 5229 const ArrayType *AT = cast<ArrayType>(CT); 5230 5231 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) { 5232 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. 5233 S += '^'; 5234 5235 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5236 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5237 } else { 5238 S += '['; 5239 5240 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 5241 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); 5242 else { 5243 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. 5244 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) && 5245 "Unknown array type!"); 5246 S += '0'; 5247 } 5248 5249 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5250 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5251 S += ']'; 5252 } 5253 return; 5254 } 5255 5256 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 5257 case Type::FunctionProto: 5258 S += '?'; 5259 return; 5260 5261 case Type::Record: { 5262 RecordDecl *RDecl = cast<RecordType>(CT)->getDecl(); 5263 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; 5264 // Anonymous structures print as '?' 5265 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { 5266 S += II->getName(); 5267 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 5268 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) { 5269 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); 5270 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(S); 5271 TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(OS, 5272 TemplateArgs.data(), 5273 TemplateArgs.size(), 5274 (*this).getPrintingPolicy()); 5275 } 5276 } else { 5277 S += '?'; 5278 } 5279 if (ExpandStructures) { 5280 S += '='; 5281 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) { 5282 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD); 5283 } else { 5284 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5285 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5286 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { 5287 if (FD) { 5288 S += '"'; 5289 S += Field->getNameAsString(); 5290 S += '"'; 5291 } 5292 5293 // Special case bit-fields. 5294 if (Field->isBitField()) { 5295 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, 5296 *Field); 5297 } else { 5298 QualType qt = Field->getType(); 5299 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5300 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, 5301 FD, /*OutermostType*/false, 5302 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5303 /*StructField*/true); 5304 } 5305 } 5306 } 5307 } 5308 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; 5309 return; 5310 } 5311 5312 case Type::BlockPointer: { 5313 const BlockPointerType *BT = T->castAs<BlockPointerType>(); 5314 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". 5315 if (EncodeBlockParameters) { 5316 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 5317 5318 S += '<'; 5319 // Block return type 5320 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S, 5321 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, 5322 FD, 5323 false /* OutermostType */, 5324 EncodingProperty, 5325 false /* StructField */, 5326 EncodeBlockParameters, 5327 EncodeClassNames); 5328 // Block self 5329 S += "@?"; 5330 // Block parameters 5331 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) { 5332 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5333 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) { 5334 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S, 5335 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5336 ExpandStructures, 5337 FD, 5338 false /* OutermostType */, 5339 EncodingProperty, 5340 false /* StructField */, 5341 EncodeBlockParameters, 5342 EncodeClassNames); 5343 } 5344 } 5345 S += '>'; 5346 } 5347 return; 5348 } 5349 5350 case Type::ObjCObject: 5351 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 5352 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level. 5353 T = T->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getBaseType(); 5354 5355 // The assumption seems to be that this assert will succeed 5356 // because nested levels will have filtered out 'id' and 'Class'. 5357 const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->castAs<ObjCInterfaceType>(); 5358 // @encode(class_name) 5359 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl(); 5360 S += '{'; 5361 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier(); 5362 S += II->getName(); 5363 S += '='; 5364 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 5365 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 5366 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 5367 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]); 5368 if (Field->isBitField()) 5369 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); 5370 else 5371 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD, 5372 false, false, false, false, false, 5373 EncodePointerToObjCTypedef); 5374 } 5375 S += '}'; 5376 return; 5377 } 5378 5379 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 5380 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5381 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) { 5382 S += '@'; 5383 return; 5384 } 5385 5386 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { 5387 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'. 5388 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime 5389 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct. 5390 S += '#'; 5391 return; 5392 } 5393 5394 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 5395 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S, 5396 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5397 ExpandStructures, FD); 5398 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) { 5399 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list 5400 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. 5401 S += '"'; 5402 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5403 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5404 S += '<'; 5405 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5406 S += '>'; 5407 } 5408 S += '"'; 5409 } 5410 return; 5411 } 5412 5413 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType(); 5414 if (!EncodingProperty && 5415 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr()) && 5416 !EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) { 5417 // Another historical/compatibility reason. 5418 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as 5419 // {...}; 5420 S += '^'; 5421 if (FD && OPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 5422 // Prevent recursive encoding of fields in some rare cases. 5423 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OPT->getInterfaceDecl(); 5424 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 5425 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 5426 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 5427 if (cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]) == FD) { 5428 S += '{'; 5429 S += OI->getIdentifier()->getName(); 5430 S += '}'; 5431 return; 5432 } 5433 } 5434 } 5435 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, 5436 false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5437 NULL, 5438 false, false, false, false, false, 5439 /*EncodePointerToObjCTypedef*/true); 5440 return; 5441 } 5442 5443 S += '@'; 5444 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && 5445 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) { 5446 S += '"'; 5447 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName(); 5448 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5449 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5450 S += '<'; 5451 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5452 S += '>'; 5453 } 5454 S += '"'; 5455 } 5456 return; 5457 } 5458 5459 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers. 5460 // FIXME: we shoul do better than that. 'M' is available. 5461 case Type::MemberPointer: 5462 return; 5463 5464 case Type::Vector: 5465 case Type::ExtVector: 5466 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is 5467 // insufficient. 5468 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc. 5469 return; 5470 5471 case Type::Auto: 5472 // We could see an undeduced auto type here during error recovery. 5473 // Just ignore it. 5474 return; 5475 5476#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5477#define TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5478#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5479 case Type::KIND: 5480#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5481 case Type::KIND: 5482#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5483 case Type::KIND: 5484#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 5485 llvm_unreachable("@encode for dependent type!"); 5486 } 5487 llvm_unreachable("bad type kind!"); 5488} 5489 5490void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl, 5491 std::string &S, 5492 const FieldDecl *FD, 5493 bool includeVBases) const { 5494 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl"); 5495 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions"); 5496 if (!RDecl->getDefinition()) 5497 return; 5498 5499 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl); 5500 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets; 5501 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl); 5502 5503 if (CXXRec) { 5504 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5505 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(), 5506 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5507 if (!BI->isVirtual()) { 5508 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5509 if (base->isEmpty()) 5510 continue; 5511 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base)); 5512 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5513 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5514 } 5515 } 5516 } 5517 5518 unsigned i = 0; 5519 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5520 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5521 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) { 5522 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i); 5523 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5524 std::make_pair(offs, *Field)); 5525 } 5526 5527 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) { 5528 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5529 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(), 5530 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5531 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5532 if (base->isEmpty()) 5533 continue; 5534 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base)); 5535 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end()) 5536 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(), 5537 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5538 } 5539 } 5540 5541 CharUnits size; 5542 if (CXXRec) { 5543 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize(); 5544 } else { 5545 size = layout.getSize(); 5546 } 5547 5548 uint64_t CurOffs = 0; 5549 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator 5550 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin(); 5551 5552 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() && 5553 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) { 5554 if (FD) { 5555 S += "\"_vptr$"; 5556 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString(); 5557 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?"; 5558 S += recname; 5559 S += '"'; 5560 } 5561 S += "^^?"; 5562 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy); 5563 } 5564 5565 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5566 // Mark the end of the structure. 5567 uint64_t offs = toBits(size); 5568 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5569 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0)); 5570 } 5571 5572 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) { 5573 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first); 5574 5575 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) { 5576 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs; 5577 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that 5578 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case 5579 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout. 5580 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without 5581 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the 5582 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be 5583 // longer then though. 5584 CurOffs += padding; 5585 } 5586 5587 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second; 5588 if (dcl == 0) 5589 break; // reached end of structure. 5590 5591 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) { 5592 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going 5593 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which 5594 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy, 5595 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is. 5596 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false); 5597 assert(!base->isEmpty()); 5598 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize()); 5599 } else { 5600 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl); 5601 if (FD) { 5602 S += '"'; 5603 S += field->getNameAsString(); 5604 S += '"'; 5605 } 5606 5607 if (field->isBitField()) { 5608 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field); 5609 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 5610 } else { 5611 QualType qt = field->getType(); 5612 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5613 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD, 5614 /*OutermostType*/false, 5615 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5616 /*StructField*/true); 5617 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType()); 5618 } 5619 } 5620 } 5621} 5622 5623void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 5624 std::string& S) const { 5625 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) 5626 S += 'n'; 5627 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) 5628 S += 'N'; 5629 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) 5630 S += 'o'; 5631 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) 5632 S += 'O'; 5633 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) 5634 S += 'R'; 5635 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) 5636 S += 'V'; 5637} 5638 5639TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const { 5640 if (!ObjCIdDecl) { 5641 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0); 5642 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5643 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5644 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5645 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5646 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5647 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo); 5648 } 5649 5650 return ObjCIdDecl; 5651} 5652 5653TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const { 5654 if (!ObjCSelDecl) { 5655 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy); 5656 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT); 5657 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5658 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5659 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5660 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo); 5661 } 5662 return ObjCSelDecl; 5663} 5664 5665TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const { 5666 if (!ObjCClassDecl) { 5667 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0); 5668 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5669 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5670 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5671 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5672 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5673 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo); 5674 } 5675 5676 return ObjCClassDecl; 5677} 5678 5679ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const { 5680 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) { 5681 ObjCProtocolClassDecl 5682 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5683 SourceLocation(), 5684 &Idents.get("Protocol"), 5685 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 5686 SourceLocation(), true); 5687 } 5688 5689 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl; 5690} 5691 5692//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5693// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions 5694//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5695 5696static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5697 // typedef char* __builtin_va_list; 5698 QualType CharPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy); 5699 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5700 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharPtrType); 5701 5702 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5703 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5704 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5705 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5706 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5707 TInfo); 5708 return VaListTypeDecl; 5709} 5710 5711static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5712 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list; 5713 QualType VoidPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5714 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5715 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VoidPtrType); 5716 5717 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5718 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5719 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5720 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5721 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5722 TInfo); 5723 return VaListTypeDecl; 5724} 5725 5726static TypedefDecl * 5727CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5728 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5729 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5730 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5731 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5732 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5733 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5734 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5735 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5736 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5737 5738 VaListTagDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5739 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5740 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5741 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5742 VaListTagDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5743 } else { 5744 // struct __va_list 5745 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5746 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5747 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5748 } 5749 5750 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5751 5752 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5753 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5754 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5755 5756 // void *__stack; 5757 FieldTypes[0] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5758 FieldNames[0] = "__stack"; 5759 5760 // void *__gr_top; 5761 FieldTypes[1] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5762 FieldNames[1] = "__gr_top"; 5763 5764 // void *__vr_top; 5765 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5766 FieldNames[2] = "__vr_top"; 5767 5768 // int __gr_offs; 5769 FieldTypes[3] = Context->IntTy; 5770 FieldNames[3] = "__gr_offs"; 5771 5772 // int __vr_offs; 5773 FieldTypes[4] = Context->IntTy; 5774 FieldNames[4] = "__vr_offs"; 5775 5776 // Create fields 5777 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5778 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5779 VaListTagDecl, 5780 SourceLocation(), 5781 SourceLocation(), 5782 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5783 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5784 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5785 /*Mutable=*/false, 5786 ICIS_NoInit); 5787 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5788 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5789 } 5790 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5791 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5792 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5793 5794 // } __builtin_va_list; 5795 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5796 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5797 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5798 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5799 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5800 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5801 5802 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5803} 5804 5805static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5806 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5807 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5808 5809 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5810 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5811 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5812 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5813 5814 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5815 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5816 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5817 5818 // unsigned char gpr; 5819 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5820 FieldNames[0] = "gpr"; 5821 5822 // unsigned char fpr; 5823 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5824 FieldNames[1] = "fpr"; 5825 5826 // unsigned short reserved; 5827 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy; 5828 FieldNames[2] = "reserved"; 5829 5830 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5831 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5832 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5833 5834 // void* reg_save_area; 5835 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5836 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area"; 5837 5838 // Create fields 5839 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5840 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl, 5841 SourceLocation(), 5842 SourceLocation(), 5843 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5844 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5845 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5846 /*Mutable=*/false, 5847 ICIS_NoInit); 5848 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5849 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5850 } 5851 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5852 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5853 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5854 5855 // } __va_list_tag; 5856 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5857 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5858 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5859 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5860 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5861 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5862 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5863 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5864 5865 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5866 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5867 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5868 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5869 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5870 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5871 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5872 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5873 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5874 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5875 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5876 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5877 TInfo); 5878 5879 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5880} 5881 5882static TypedefDecl * 5883CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5884 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5885 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5886 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5887 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5888 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5889 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5890 5891 const size_t NumFields = 4; 5892 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5893 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5894 5895 // unsigned gp_offset; 5896 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5897 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset"; 5898 5899 // unsigned fp_offset; 5900 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5901 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset"; 5902 5903 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5904 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5905 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5906 5907 // void* reg_save_area; 5908 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5909 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area"; 5910 5911 // Create fields 5912 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5913 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5914 VaListTagDecl, 5915 SourceLocation(), 5916 SourceLocation(), 5917 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5918 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5919 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5920 /*Mutable=*/false, 5921 ICIS_NoInit); 5922 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5923 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5924 } 5925 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5926 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5927 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5928 5929 // } __va_list_tag; 5930 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5931 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5932 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5933 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5934 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5935 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5936 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5937 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5938 5939 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5940 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5941 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5942 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5943 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 5944 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5945 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5946 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5947 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5948 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5949 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5950 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5951 TInfo); 5952 5953 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5954} 5955 5956static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5957 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4]; 5958 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4); 5959 QualType IntArrayType 5960 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy, 5961 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5962 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5963 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5964 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5965 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5966 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5967 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(IntArrayType)); 5968 5969 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5970} 5971 5972static TypedefDecl * 5973CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5974 RecordDecl *VaListDecl; 5975 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5976 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5977 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5978 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5979 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5980 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5981 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5982 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5983 5984 VaListDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5985 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5986 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5987 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5988 5989 VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5990 5991 } else { 5992 // struct __va_list { 5993 VaListDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5994 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5995 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5996 } 5997 5998 VaListDecl->startDefinition(); 5999 6000 // void * __ap; 6001 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6002 VaListDecl, 6003 SourceLocation(), 6004 SourceLocation(), 6005 &Context->Idents.get("__ap"), 6006 Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy), 6007 /*TInfo=*/0, 6008 /*BitWidth=*/0, 6009 /*Mutable=*/false, 6010 ICIS_NoInit); 6011 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 6012 VaListDecl->addDecl(Field); 6013 6014 // }; 6015 VaListDecl->completeDefinition(); 6016 6017 // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list; 6018 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 6019 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl)); 6020 6021 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 6022 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6023 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6024 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6025 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 6026 TInfo); 6027 6028 return VaListTypeDecl; 6029} 6030 6031static TypedefDecl * 6032CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 6033 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 6034 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 6035 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 6036 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6037 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 6038 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 6039 6040 const size_t NumFields = 4; 6041 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 6042 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 6043 6044 // long __gpr; 6045 FieldTypes[0] = Context->LongTy; 6046 FieldNames[0] = "__gpr"; 6047 6048 // long __fpr; 6049 FieldTypes[1] = Context->LongTy; 6050 FieldNames[1] = "__fpr"; 6051 6052 // void *__overflow_arg_area; 6053 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 6054 FieldNames[2] = "__overflow_arg_area"; 6055 6056 // void *__reg_save_area; 6057 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 6058 FieldNames[3] = "__reg_save_area"; 6059 6060 // Create fields 6061 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 6062 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6063 VaListTagDecl, 6064 SourceLocation(), 6065 SourceLocation(), 6066 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 6067 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 6068 /*BitWidth=*/0, 6069 /*Mutable=*/false, 6070 ICIS_NoInit); 6071 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 6072 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 6073 } 6074 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 6075 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 6076 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 6077 6078 // } __va_list_tag; 6079 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 6080 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6081 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6082 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6083 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 6084 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 6085 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 6086 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 6087 6088 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 6089 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 6090 QualType VaListTagArrayType 6091 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 6092 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 6093 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 6094 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 6095 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 6096 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6097 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6098 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6099 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 6100 TInfo); 6101 6102 return VaListTypedefDecl; 6103} 6104 6105static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context, 6106 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) { 6107 switch (Kind) { 6108 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList: 6109 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6110 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList: 6111 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6112 case TargetInfo::AArch64ABIBuiltinVaList: 6113 return CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6114 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList: 6115 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6116 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList: 6117 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6118 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList: 6119 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6120 case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList: 6121 return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6122 case TargetInfo::SystemZBuiltinVaList: 6123 return CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6124 } 6125 6126 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind"); 6127} 6128 6129TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const { 6130 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl) 6131 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind()); 6132 6133 return BuiltinVaListDecl; 6134} 6135 6136QualType ASTContext::getVaListTagType() const { 6137 // Force the creation of VaListTagTy by building the __builtin_va_list 6138 // declaration. 6139 if (VaListTagTy.isNull()) 6140 (void) getBuiltinVaListDecl(); 6141 6142 return VaListTagTy; 6143} 6144 6145void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { 6146 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && 6147 "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); 6148 6149 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 6150} 6151 6152/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty 6153/// lookup. 6154TemplateName 6155ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, 6156 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const { 6157 unsigned size = End - Begin; 6158 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!"); 6159 6160 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) + 6161 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*)); 6162 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size); 6163 6164 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage(); 6165 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) { 6166 NamedDecl *D = *I; 6167 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || 6168 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) && 6169 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))); 6170 *Storage++ = D; 6171 } 6172 6173 return TemplateName(OT); 6174} 6175 6176/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified 6177/// template name such as \c std::vector. 6178TemplateName 6179ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6180 bool TemplateKeyword, 6181 TemplateDecl *Template) const { 6182 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name"); 6183 6184 // FIXME: Canonicalization? 6185 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6186 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 6187 6188 void *InsertPos = 0; 6189 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = 6190 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6191 if (!QTN) { 6192 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<QualifiedTemplateName>()) 6193 QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 6194 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6195 } 6196 6197 return TemplateName(QTN); 6198} 6199 6200/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 6201/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply. 6202TemplateName 6203ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6204 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const { 6205 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 6206 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 6207 6208 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6209 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name); 6210 6211 void *InsertPos = 0; 6212 DependentTemplateName *QTN = 6213 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6214 6215 if (QTN) 6216 return TemplateName(QTN); 6217 6218 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6219 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6220 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6221 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name); 6222 } else { 6223 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name); 6224 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6225 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon); 6226 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = 6227 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6228 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken"); 6229 (void)CheckQTN; 6230 } 6231 6232 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6233 return TemplateName(QTN); 6234} 6235 6236/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 6237/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+. 6238TemplateName 6239ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6240 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const { 6241 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 6242 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 6243 6244 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6245 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator); 6246 6247 void *InsertPos = 0; 6248 DependentTemplateName *QTN 6249 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6250 6251 if (QTN) 6252 return TemplateName(QTN); 6253 6254 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6255 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6256 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6257 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator); 6258 } else { 6259 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator); 6260 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6261 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon); 6262 6263 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN 6264 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6265 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken"); 6266 (void)CheckQTN; 6267 } 6268 6269 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6270 return TemplateName(QTN); 6271} 6272 6273TemplateName 6274ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param, 6275 TemplateName replacement) const { 6276 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6277 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement); 6278 6279 void *insertPos = 0; 6280 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 6281 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 6282 6283 if (!subst) { 6284 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement); 6285 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos); 6286 } 6287 6288 return TemplateName(subst); 6289} 6290 6291TemplateName 6292ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6293 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const { 6294 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this); 6295 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6296 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack); 6297 6298 void *InsertPos = 0; 6299 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst 6300 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6301 6302 if (!Subst) { 6303 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param, 6304 ArgPack.pack_size(), 6305 ArgPack.pack_begin()); 6306 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos); 6307 } 6308 6309 return TemplateName(Subst); 6310} 6311 6312/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by 6313/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type 6314/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. 6315CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { 6316 switch (Type) { 6317 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType(); 6318 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; 6319 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; 6320 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; 6321 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; 6322 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; 6323 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; 6324 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; 6325 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; 6326 } 6327 6328 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); 6329} 6330 6331//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6332// Type Predicates. 6333//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6334 6335/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's 6336/// garbage collection attribute. 6337/// 6338Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const { 6339 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) 6340 return Qualifiers::GCNone; 6341 6342 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1); 6343 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); 6344 6345 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers 6346 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared 6347 // as __strong. 6348 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) { 6349 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 6350 return Qualifiers::Strong; 6351 else if (Ty->isPointerType()) 6352 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 6353 } else { 6354 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a 6355 // pointer. 6356#ifndef NDEBUG 6357 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); 6358 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT)) 6359 CT = AT->getElementType(); 6360 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType()); 6361#endif 6362 } 6363 return GCAttrs; 6364} 6365 6366//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6367// Type Compatibility Testing 6368//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6369 6370/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are 6371/// compatible. 6372static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, 6373 const VectorType *RHS) { 6374 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 6375 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && 6376 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); 6377} 6378 6379bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, 6380 QualType SecondVec) { 6381 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type"); 6382 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type"); 6383 6384 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec)) 6385 return true; 6386 6387 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the 6388 // equivalent GCC vector types. 6389 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6390 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6391 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() && 6392 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) && 6393 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6394 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool && 6395 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6396 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool) 6397 return true; 6398 6399 return false; 6400} 6401 6402//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6403// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's. 6404//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6405 6406/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the 6407/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'. 6408bool 6409ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto, 6410 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const { 6411 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto)) 6412 return true; 6413 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(), 6414 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI) 6415 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI)) 6416 return true; 6417 return false; 6418} 6419 6420/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<pr,...> and 6421/// Class<pr1, ...>. 6422bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, 6423 QualType rhs) { 6424 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6425 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6426 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible"); 6427 6428 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6429 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6430 bool match = false; 6431 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6432 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6433 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6434 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6435 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) { 6436 match = true; 6437 break; 6438 } 6439 } 6440 if (!match) 6441 return false; 6442 } 6443 return true; 6444} 6445 6446/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an 6447/// ObjCQualifiedIDType. 6448bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6449 bool compare) { 6450 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases. 6451 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6452 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType()) 6453 return true; 6454 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6455 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType()) 6456 return true; 6457 6458 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 6459 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6460 6461 if (!rhsOPT) return false; 6462 6463 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) { 6464 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*", 6465 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6466 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6467 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6468 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6469 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6470 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6471 // through its super class and categories. 6472 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) 6473 return false; 6474 } 6475 } 6476 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'. 6477 return true; 6478 } 6479 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6480 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6481 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6482 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6483 bool match = false; 6484 6485 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6486 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6487 // through its super class and categories. 6488 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6489 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6490 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6491 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6492 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6493 match = true; 6494 break; 6495 } 6496 } 6497 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*", 6498 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6499 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6500 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6501 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6502 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6503 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6504 // through its super class and categories. 6505 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) { 6506 match = true; 6507 break; 6508 } 6509 } 6510 } 6511 if (!match) 6512 return false; 6513 } 6514 6515 return true; 6516 } 6517 6518 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6519 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>"); 6520 6521 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = 6522 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { 6523 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6524 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6525 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6526 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6527 bool match = false; 6528 6529 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs, 6530 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6531 // through its super class and categories. 6532 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct 6533 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6534 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6535 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6536 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6537 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6538 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6539 match = true; 6540 break; 6541 } 6542 } 6543 if (!match) 6544 return false; 6545 } 6546 6547 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols 6548 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6549 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6550 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6551 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols); 6552 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has 6553 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s) 6554 // assume that it is mismatch. 6555 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty()) 6556 return false; 6557 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6558 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6559 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6560 bool match = false; 6561 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I); 6562 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6563 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6564 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6565 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6566 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6567 match = true; 6568 break; 6569 } 6570 } 6571 if (!match) 6572 return false; 6573 } 6574 } 6575 return true; 6576 } 6577 return false; 6578} 6579 6580/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are 6581/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any 6582/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. 6583/// 6584bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6585 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { 6586 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6587 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6588 6589 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true. 6590 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() || 6591 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass()) 6592 return true; 6593 6594 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) 6595 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6596 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6597 false); 6598 6599 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) 6600 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6601 QualType(RHSOPT,0)); 6602 6603 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path. 6604 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) 6605 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS); 6606 6607 return false; 6608} 6609 6610/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written 6611/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return 6612/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where 6613/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is 6614/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK. 6615bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 6616 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6617 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6618 bool BlockReturnType) { 6619 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType()) 6620 return true; 6621 6622 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) { 6623 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6624 } 6625 6626 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6627 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6628 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6629 false); 6630 6631 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6632 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6633 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types. 6634 if (LHS != RHS) { 6635 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) 6636 return BlockReturnType; 6637 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl())) 6638 return !BlockReturnType; 6639 } 6640 else 6641 return true; 6642 } 6643 return false; 6644} 6645 6646/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set 6647/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects. 6648/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of 6649/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects. 6650static 6651void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context, 6652 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6653 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6654 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) { 6655 6656 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6657 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6658 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base"); 6659 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base"); 6660 6661 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet; 6662 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols(); 6663 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0) 6664 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end()); 6665 else { 6666 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6667 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), 6668 LHSInheritedProtocols); 6669 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6670 LHSInheritedProtocols.end()); 6671 } 6672 6673 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols(); 6674 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) { 6675 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = 6676 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin()); 6677 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i) 6678 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i])) 6679 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]); 6680 } else { 6681 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols; 6682 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), 6683 RHSInheritedProtocols); 6684 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6685 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6686 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) 6687 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I))) 6688 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I)); 6689 } 6690} 6691 6692/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if 6693/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the 6694/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a 6695/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare. 6696QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible( 6697 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr, 6698 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) { 6699 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType(); 6700 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType(); 6701 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface(); 6702 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface(); 6703 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl))) 6704 return QualType(); 6705 6706 do { 6707 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl)); 6708 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) { 6709 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols; 6710 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); 6711 6712 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0); 6713 if (!Protocols.empty()) 6714 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size()); 6715 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); 6716 return Result; 6717 } 6718 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())); 6719 6720 return QualType(); 6721} 6722 6723bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS, 6724 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) { 6725 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type"); 6726 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type"); 6727 6728 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of 6729 // the LHS. 6730 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface())) 6731 return false; 6732 6733 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not 6734 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good. 6735 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) 6736 return true; 6737 6738 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, 6739 // more detailed analysis is required. 6740 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) { 6741 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and* 6742 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS. 6743 // false otherwise. 6744 bool IsSuperClass = 6745 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()); 6746 if (IsSuperClass) { 6747 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types 6748 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols 6749 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok. 6750 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>. 6751 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols; 6752 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols); 6753 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match. 6754 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty()) 6755 return false; 6756 6757 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6758 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6759 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6760 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false; 6761 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI); 6762 6763 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6764 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6765 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6766 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I); 6767 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) { 6768 SuperImplementsProtocol = true; 6769 break; 6770 } 6771 } 6772 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol) 6773 return false; 6774 } 6775 return true; 6776 } 6777 return false; 6778 } 6779 6780 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6781 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6782 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6783 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false; 6784 6785 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types 6786 // are incompatible. 6787 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(), 6788 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end(); 6789 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) { 6790 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) { 6791 RHSImplementsProtocol = true; 6792 break; 6793 } 6794 } 6795 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name. 6796 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol) 6797 return false; 6798 } 6799 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS. 6800 return true; 6801} 6802 6803bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6804 // get the "pointed to" types 6805 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6806 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6807 6808 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT) 6809 return false; 6810 6811 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) || 6812 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT); 6813} 6814 6815bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) { 6816 return canAssignObjCInterfaces( 6817 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6818 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()); 6819} 6820 6821/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, 6822/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. 6823/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the 6824/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. 6825bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6826 bool CompareUnqualified) { 6827 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6828 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS); 6829 6830 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull(); 6831} 6832 6833bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6834 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS); 6835} 6836 6837bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6838 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull(); 6839} 6840 6841/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member 6842/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return 6843/// QualType() 6844QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType, 6845 bool OfBlockPointer, 6846 bool Unqualified) { 6847 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { 6848 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 6849 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 6850 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), 6851 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) { 6852 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 6853 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6854 if (!MT.isNull()) 6855 return MT; 6856 } 6857 } 6858 } 6859 6860 return QualType(); 6861} 6862 6863/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function 6864/// argument types 6865QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6866 bool OfBlockPointer, 6867 bool Unqualified) { 6868 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function 6869 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other 6870 // type is compatible with a union member 6871 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, 6872 Unqualified); 6873 if (!lmerge.isNull()) 6874 return lmerge; 6875 6876 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer, 6877 Unqualified); 6878 if (!rmerge.isNull()) 6879 return rmerge; 6880 6881 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6882} 6883 6884QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6885 bool OfBlockPointer, 6886 bool Unqualified) { 6887 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6888 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6889 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase); 6890 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase); 6891 bool allLTypes = true; 6892 bool allRTypes = true; 6893 6894 // Check return type 6895 QualType retType; 6896 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6897 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType(); 6898 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType(); 6899 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified; 6900 if (!UnqualifiedResult) 6901 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()); 6902 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true); 6903 } 6904 else 6905 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false, 6906 Unqualified); 6907 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6908 6909 if (Unqualified) 6910 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6911 6912 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()); 6913 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()); 6914 if (Unqualified) { 6915 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6916 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6917 } 6918 6919 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType) 6920 allLTypes = false; 6921 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType) 6922 allRTypes = false; 6923 6924 // FIXME: double check this 6925 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6926 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6927 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()? 6928 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo(); 6929 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo(); 6930 6931 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions 6932 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC())) 6933 return QualType(); 6934 6935 // Regparm is part of the calling convention. 6936 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm()) 6937 return QualType(); 6938 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm()) 6939 return QualType(); 6940 6941 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult()) 6942 return QualType(); 6943 6944 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'. 6945 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn(); 6946 6947 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6948 allLTypes = false; 6949 if (rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6950 allRTypes = false; 6951 6952 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn); 6953 6954 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes 6955 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() && 6956 "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6957 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs(); 6958 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs(); 6959 6960 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments 6961 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs) 6962 return QualType(); 6963 6964 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible 6965 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) 6966 return QualType(); 6967 6968 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals()) 6969 return QualType(); 6970 6971 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount && 6972 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto)) 6973 return QualType(); 6974 6975 // Check argument compatibility 6976 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types; 6977 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) { 6978 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6979 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6980 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype, 6981 OfBlockPointer, 6982 Unqualified); 6983 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType(); 6984 6985 if (Unqualified) 6986 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6987 6988 types.push_back(argtype); 6989 if (Unqualified) { 6990 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6991 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6992 } 6993 6994 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype)) 6995 allLTypes = false; 6996 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype)) 6997 allRTypes = false; 6998 } 6999 7000 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 7001 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 7002 7003 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo(); 7004 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 7005 return getFunctionType(retType, types, EPI); 7006 } 7007 7008 if (lproto) allRTypes = false; 7009 if (rproto) allLTypes = false; 7010 7011 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; 7012 if (proto) { 7013 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); 7014 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); 7015 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that 7016 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). 7017 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer 7018 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different 7019 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. 7020 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs(); 7021 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) { 7022 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i); 7023 7024 // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used 7025 // to pass enum values. 7026 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7027 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7028 if (argTy.isNull()) 7029 return QualType(); 7030 } 7031 7032 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || 7033 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) 7034 return QualType(); 7035 } 7036 7037 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 7038 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 7039 7040 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo(); 7041 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 7042 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->getArgTypes(), EPI); 7043 } 7044 7045 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 7046 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 7047 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo); 7048} 7049 7050/// Given that we have an enum type and a non-enum type, try to merge them. 7051static QualType mergeEnumWithInteger(ASTContext &Context, const EnumType *ET, 7052 QualType other, bool isBlockReturnType) { 7053 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, 7054 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. 7055 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion 7056 // type. 7057 QualType underlyingType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7058 if (underlyingType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7059 if (Context.hasSameType(underlyingType, other)) 7060 return other; 7061 7062 // In block return types, we're more permissive and accept any 7063 // integral type of the same size. 7064 if (isBlockReturnType && other->isIntegerType() && 7065 Context.getTypeSize(underlyingType) == Context.getTypeSize(other)) 7066 return other; 7067 7068 return QualType(); 7069} 7070 7071QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 7072 bool OfBlockPointer, 7073 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) { 7074 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the 7075 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression 7076 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the 7077 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and 7078 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses). 7079 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?"); 7080 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?"); 7081 7082 if (Unqualified) { 7083 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 7084 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 7085 } 7086 7087 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 7088 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 7089 7090 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 7091 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 7092 return LHS; 7093 7094 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly. 7095 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7096 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7097 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 7098 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type 7099 // mismatch. 7100 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 7101 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() || 7102 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime()) 7103 return QualType(); 7104 7105 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 7106 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 7107 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 7108 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 7109 // qualified __strong. 7110 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7111 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7112 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 7113 7114 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 7115 return QualType(); 7116 7117 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7118 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong)); 7119 } 7120 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7121 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS); 7122 } 7123 return QualType(); 7124 } 7125 7126 // Okay, qualifiers are equal. 7127 7128 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); 7129 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); 7130 7131 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these 7132 // comparisons, just force one to the other. 7133 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 7134 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 7135 7136 // Same as above for arrays 7137 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 7138 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 7139 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 7140 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 7141 7142 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects. 7143 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 7144 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 7145 7146 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. 7147 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; 7148 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; 7149 7150 // If the canonical type classes don't match. 7151 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { 7152 // Note that we only have special rules for turning block enum 7153 // returns into block int returns, not vice-versa. 7154 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7155 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, RHS, false); 7156 } 7157 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7158 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, LHS, BlockReturnType); 7159 } 7160 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type. 7161 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) { 7162 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType()) 7163 return LHS; 7164 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType()) 7165 return RHS; 7166 } 7167 7168 return QualType(); 7169 } 7170 7171 // The canonical type classes match. 7172 switch (LHSClass) { 7173#define TYPE(Class, Base) 7174#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 7175#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7176#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7177#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7178#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 7179 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here"); 7180 7181 case Type::Auto: 7182 case Type::LValueReference: 7183 case Type::RValueReference: 7184 case Type::MemberPointer: 7185 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes"); 7186 7187 case Type::ObjCInterface: 7188 case Type::IncompleteArray: 7189 case Type::VariableArray: 7190 case Type::FunctionProto: 7191 case Type::ExtVector: 7192 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above"); 7193 7194 case Type::Pointer: 7195 { 7196 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7197 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7198 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7199 if (Unqualified) { 7200 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7201 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7202 } 7203 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false, 7204 Unqualified); 7205 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7206 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7207 return LHS; 7208 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7209 return RHS; 7210 return getPointerType(ResultType); 7211 } 7212 case Type::BlockPointer: 7213 { 7214 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7215 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7216 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7217 if (Unqualified) { 7218 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7219 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7220 } 7221 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer, 7222 Unqualified); 7223 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7224 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7225 return LHS; 7226 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7227 return RHS; 7228 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); 7229 } 7230 case Type::Atomic: 7231 { 7232 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7233 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 7234 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 7235 if (Unqualified) { 7236 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 7237 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 7238 } 7239 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false, 7240 Unqualified); 7241 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7242 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7243 return LHS; 7244 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7245 return RHS; 7246 return getAtomicType(ResultType); 7247 } 7248 case Type::ConstantArray: 7249 { 7250 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); 7251 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); 7252 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) 7253 return QualType(); 7254 7255 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); 7256 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); 7257 if (Unqualified) { 7258 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7259 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7260 } 7261 7262 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified); 7263 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7264 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7265 return LHS; 7266 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7267 return RHS; 7268 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), 7269 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7270 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), 7271 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7272 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); 7273 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); 7274 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7275 return LHS; 7276 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7277 return RHS; 7278 if (LVAT) { 7279 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7280 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type 7281 // has to be different. 7282 return LHS; 7283 } 7284 if (RVAT) { 7285 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7286 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type 7287 // has to be different. 7288 return RHS; 7289 } 7290 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; 7291 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; 7292 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, 7293 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7294 } 7295 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 7296 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 7297 case Type::Record: 7298 case Type::Enum: 7299 return QualType(); 7300 case Type::Builtin: 7301 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. 7302 return QualType(); 7303 case Type::Complex: 7304 // Distinct complex types are incompatible. 7305 return QualType(); 7306 case Type::Vector: 7307 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector! 7308 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(), 7309 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>())) 7310 return LHS; 7311 return QualType(); 7312 case Type::ObjCObject: { 7313 // Check if the types are assignment compatible. 7314 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether 7315 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal. 7316 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7317 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7318 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) 7319 return LHS; 7320 7321 return QualType(); 7322 } 7323 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 7324 if (OfBlockPointer) { 7325 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 7326 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7327 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7328 BlockReturnType)) 7329 return LHS; 7330 return QualType(); 7331 } 7332 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7333 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) 7334 return LHS; 7335 7336 return QualType(); 7337 } 7338 } 7339 7340 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!"); 7341} 7342 7343bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs( 7344 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType, 7345 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) { 7346 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() != 7347 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs()) 7348 return false; 7349 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI = 7350 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7351 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI = 7352 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7353 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments) 7354 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs(); 7355 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { 7356 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] != 7357 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx]) 7358 return false; 7359 } 7360 return true; 7361} 7362 7363/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and 7364/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function 7365/// return types. 7366QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 7367 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 7368 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 7369 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 7370 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 7371 return LHS; 7372 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) { 7373 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType()) 7374 return QualType(); 7375 QualType OldReturnType = 7376 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7377 QualType NewReturnType = 7378 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7379 QualType ResReturnType = 7380 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType); 7381 if (ResReturnType.isNull()) 7382 return QualType(); 7383 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) { 7384 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo(); 7385 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type. 7386 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7387 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) { 7388 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7389 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS); 7390 QualType ResultType = 7391 getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI); 7392 return ResultType; 7393 } 7394 } 7395 return QualType(); 7396 } 7397 7398 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged. 7399 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7400 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7401 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 7402 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch. 7403 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 7404 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) 7405 return QualType(); 7406 7407 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 7408 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 7409 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 7410 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 7411 // qualified __strong. 7412 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7413 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7414 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 7415 7416 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 7417 return QualType(); 7418 7419 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong) 7420 return LHS; 7421 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong) 7422 return RHS; 7423 return QualType(); 7424 } 7425 7426 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7427 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7428 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7429 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT); 7430 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT) 7431 return LHS; 7432 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT) 7433 return RHS; 7434 } 7435 return QualType(); 7436} 7437 7438//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7439// Integer Predicates 7440//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7441 7442unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const { 7443 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 7444 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7445 if (T->isBooleanType()) 7446 return 1; 7447 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method 7448 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); 7449} 7450 7451QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const { 7452 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type"); 7453 7454 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int> 7455 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>()) 7456 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()), 7457 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind()); 7458 7459 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type. 7460 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 7461 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7462 7463 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 7464 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type"); 7465 switch (BTy->getKind()) { 7466 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 7467 case BuiltinType::SChar: 7468 return UnsignedCharTy; 7469 case BuiltinType::Short: 7470 return UnsignedShortTy; 7471 case BuiltinType::Int: 7472 return UnsignedIntTy; 7473 case BuiltinType::Long: 7474 return UnsignedLongTy; 7475 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 7476 return UnsignedLongLongTy; 7477 case BuiltinType::Int128: 7478 return UnsignedInt128Ty; 7479 default: 7480 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type"); 7481 } 7482} 7483 7484ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { } 7485 7486void ASTMutationListener::DeducedReturnType(const FunctionDecl *FD, 7487 QualType ReturnType) {} 7488 7489//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7490// Builtin Type Computation 7491//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7492 7493/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the 7494/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If 7495/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic 7496/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of 7497/// a vector of "i*". 7498/// 7499/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required 7500/// to be an Integer Constant Expression. 7501static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context, 7502 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7503 bool &RequiresICE, 7504 bool AllowTypeModifiers) { 7505 // Modifiers. 7506 int HowLong = 0; 7507 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false; 7508 RequiresICE = false; 7509 7510 // Read the prefixed modifiers first. 7511 bool Done = false; 7512 while (!Done) { 7513 switch (*Str++) { 7514 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7515 case 'I': 7516 RequiresICE = true; 7517 break; 7518 case 'S': 7519 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7520 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7521 Signed = true; 7522 break; 7523 case 'U': 7524 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7525 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7526 Unsigned = true; 7527 break; 7528 case 'L': 7529 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier"); 7530 ++HowLong; 7531 break; 7532 } 7533 } 7534 7535 QualType Type; 7536 7537 // Read the base type. 7538 switch (*Str++) { 7539 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!"); 7540 case 'v': 7541 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7542 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!"); 7543 Type = Context.VoidTy; 7544 break; 7545 case 'f': 7546 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7547 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); 7548 Type = Context.FloatTy; 7549 break; 7550 case 'd': 7551 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7552 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!"); 7553 if (HowLong) 7554 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy; 7555 else 7556 Type = Context.DoubleTy; 7557 break; 7558 case 's': 7559 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!"); 7560 if (Unsigned) 7561 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7562 else 7563 Type = Context.ShortTy; 7564 break; 7565 case 'i': 7566 if (HowLong == 3) 7567 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty; 7568 else if (HowLong == 2) 7569 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 7570 else if (HowLong == 1) 7571 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 7572 else 7573 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7574 break; 7575 case 'c': 7576 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!"); 7577 if (Signed) 7578 Type = Context.SignedCharTy; 7579 else if (Unsigned) 7580 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7581 else 7582 Type = Context.CharTy; 7583 break; 7584 case 'b': // boolean 7585 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!"); 7586 Type = Context.BoolTy; 7587 break; 7588 case 'z': // size_t. 7589 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!"); 7590 Type = Context.getSizeType(); 7591 break; 7592 case 'F': 7593 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); 7594 break; 7595 case 'G': 7596 Type = Context.getObjCIdType(); 7597 break; 7598 case 'H': 7599 Type = Context.getObjCSelType(); 7600 break; 7601 case 'M': 7602 Type = Context.getObjCSuperType(); 7603 break; 7604 case 'a': 7605 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7606 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7607 break; 7608 case 'A': 7609 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly 7610 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two 7611 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones 7612 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is 7613 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list 7614 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86, 7615 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want 7616 // it to be a __va_list_tag*. 7617 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7618 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7619 if (Type->isArrayType()) 7620 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type); 7621 else 7622 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7623 break; 7624 case 'V': { 7625 char *End; 7626 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7627 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7628 Str = End; 7629 7630 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, 7631 RequiresICE, false); 7632 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE"); 7633 7634 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet. 7635 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, 7636 VectorType::GenericVector); 7637 break; 7638 } 7639 case 'E': { 7640 char *End; 7641 7642 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7643 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7644 7645 Str = End; 7646 7647 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7648 false); 7649 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements); 7650 break; 7651 } 7652 case 'X': { 7653 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7654 false); 7655 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE"); 7656 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType); 7657 break; 7658 } 7659 case 'Y' : { 7660 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType(); 7661 break; 7662 } 7663 case 'P': 7664 Type = Context.getFILEType(); 7665 if (Type.isNull()) { 7666 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio; 7667 return QualType(); 7668 } 7669 break; 7670 case 'J': 7671 if (Signed) 7672 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType(); 7673 else 7674 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType(); 7675 7676 if (Type.isNull()) { 7677 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp; 7678 return QualType(); 7679 } 7680 break; 7681 case 'K': 7682 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!"); 7683 Type = Context.getucontext_tType(); 7684 7685 if (Type.isNull()) { 7686 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext; 7687 return QualType(); 7688 } 7689 break; 7690 case 'p': 7691 Type = Context.getProcessIDType(); 7692 break; 7693 } 7694 7695 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it. 7696 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers; 7697 while (!Done) { 7698 switch (char c = *Str++) { 7699 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7700 case '*': 7701 case '&': { 7702 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types 7703 // qualified with an address space. 7704 char *End; 7705 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7706 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) { 7707 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace); 7708 Str = End; 7709 } 7710 if (c == '*') 7711 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type); 7712 else 7713 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7714 break; 7715 } 7716 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg. 7717 case 'C': 7718 Type = Type.withConst(); 7719 break; 7720 case 'D': 7721 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type); 7722 break; 7723 case 'R': 7724 Type = Type.withRestrict(); 7725 break; 7726 } 7727 } 7728 7729 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && 7730 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer"); 7731 7732 return Type; 7733} 7734 7735/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin. 7736QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id, 7737 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7738 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const { 7739 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id); 7740 7741 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; 7742 7743 bool RequiresICE = false; 7744 Error = GE_None; 7745 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, 7746 RequiresICE, true); 7747 if (Error != GE_None) 7748 return QualType(); 7749 7750 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE"); 7751 7752 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') { 7753 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); 7754 if (Error != GE_None) 7755 return QualType(); 7756 7757 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the 7758 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return. 7759 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs) 7760 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size(); 7761 7762 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type. 7763 if (Ty->isArrayType()) 7764 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty); 7765 7766 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty); 7767 } 7768 7769 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) && 7770 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!"); 7771 7772 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI; 7773 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true); 7774 7775 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.'); 7776 7777 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++. 7778 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic) 7779 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI); 7780 7781 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 7782 EPI.ExtInfo = EI; 7783 EPI.Variadic = Variadic; 7784 7785 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes, EPI); 7786} 7787 7788GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7789 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 7790 return GVA_Internal; 7791 7792 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7793 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { 7794 case TSK_Undeclared: 7795 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7796 External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7797 break; 7798 7799 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7800 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7801 7802 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7803 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7804 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7805 break; 7806 } 7807 7808 if (!FD->isInlined()) 7809 return External; 7810 7811 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 7812 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be 7813 // externally visible. 7814 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible()) 7815 return External; 7816 7817 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible. 7818 return GVA_C99Inline; 7819 } 7820 7821 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9: 7822 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of 7823 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly 7824 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for 7825 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be 7826 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ] 7827 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7828 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration) 7829 return GVA_C99Inline; 7830 7831 return GVA_CXXInline; 7832} 7833 7834GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) { 7835 if (!VD->isExternallyVisible()) 7836 return GVA_Internal; 7837 7838 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template 7839 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a 7840 // template. 7841 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared; 7842 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 7843 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); 7844 7845 switch (TSK) { 7846 case TSK_Undeclared: 7847 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7848 return GVA_StrongExternal; 7849 7850 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7851 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated"); 7852 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation. 7853 7854 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7855 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7856 7857 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7858 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7859 } 7860 7861 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!"); 7862} 7863 7864bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) { 7865 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 7866 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7867 return false; 7868 } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7869 // We never need to emit an uninstantiated function template. 7870 if (FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate) 7871 return false; 7872 } else 7873 return false; 7874 7875 // If this is a member of a class template, we do not need to emit it. 7876 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 7877 return false; 7878 7879 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. 7880 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) 7881 return false; 7882 7883 // Aliases and used decls are required. 7884 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7885 return true; 7886 7887 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7888 // Forward declarations aren't required. 7889 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 7890 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition(); 7891 7892 // Constructors and destructors are required. 7893 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) 7894 return true; 7895 7896 // The key function for a class is required. This rule only comes 7897 // into play when inline functions can be key functions, though. 7898 if (getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7899 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7900 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); 7901 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) { 7902 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getCurrentKeyFunction(RD); 7903 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl()) 7904 return true; 7905 } 7906 } 7907 } 7908 7909 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD); 7910 7911 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can 7912 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++. 7913 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++. 7914 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline || 7915 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7916 return false; 7917 return true; 7918 } 7919 7920 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); 7921 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var"); 7922 7923 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) 7924 return false; 7925 7926 // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required. 7927 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); 7928 if (L != GVA_Internal && L != GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7929 return true; 7930 7931 // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required. 7932 if (VD->getType().isDestructedType()) 7933 return true; 7934 7935 // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required. 7936 if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)) 7937 return true; 7938 7939 return false; 7940} 7941 7942CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(bool isVariadic) { 7943 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7944 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(isVariadic); 7945} 7946 7947CallingConv ASTContext::getCanonicalCallConv(CallingConv CC) const { 7948 if (CC == CC_C && !LangOpts.MRTD && 7949 getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMemberFunctionCCDefault()) 7950 return CC_Default; 7951 return CC; 7952} 7953 7954bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { 7955 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7956 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD); 7957} 7958 7959MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() { 7960 switch (Target->getCXXABI().getKind()) { 7961 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: 7962 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 7963 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 7964 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 7965 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7966 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 7967 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7968 } 7969 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI"); 7970} 7971 7972CXXABI::~CXXABI() {} 7973 7974size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const { 7975 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() 7976 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) 7977 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) 7978 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) 7979 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) 7980 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) 7981 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember) 7982 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) 7983 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) 7984 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) 7985 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) 7986 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) 7987 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes) 7988 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern); 7989} 7990 7991void ASTContext::setManglingNumber(const NamedDecl *ND, unsigned Number) { 7992 if (Number > 1) 7993 MangleNumbers[ND] = Number; 7994} 7995 7996unsigned ASTContext::getManglingNumber(const NamedDecl *ND) const { 7997 llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl *, unsigned>::const_iterator I = 7998 MangleNumbers.find(ND); 7999 return I != MangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : 1; 8000} 8001 8002MangleNumberingContext & 8003ASTContext::getManglingNumberContext(const DeclContext *DC) { 8004 return MangleNumberingContexts[DC]; 8005} 8006 8007void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) { 8008 ParamIndices[D] = index; 8009} 8010 8011unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const { 8012 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D); 8013 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() && 8014 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl"); 8015 return I->second; 8016} 8017 8018APValue * 8019ASTContext::getMaterializedTemporaryValue(const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E, 8020 bool MayCreate) { 8021 assert(E && E->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static && 8022 "don't need to cache the computed value for this temporary"); 8023 if (MayCreate) 8024 return &MaterializedTemporaryValues[E]; 8025 8026 llvm::DenseMap<const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *, APValue>::iterator I = 8027 MaterializedTemporaryValues.find(E); 8028 return I == MaterializedTemporaryValues.end() ? 0 : &I->second; 8029} 8030 8031bool ASTContext::AtomicUsesUnsupportedLibcall(const AtomicExpr *E) const { 8032 const llvm::Triple &T = getTargetInfo().getTriple(); 8033 if (!T.isOSDarwin()) 8034 return false; 8035 8036 QualType AtomicTy = E->getPtr()->getType()->getPointeeType(); 8037 CharUnits sizeChars = getTypeSizeInChars(AtomicTy); 8038 uint64_t Size = sizeChars.getQuantity(); 8039 CharUnits alignChars = getTypeAlignInChars(AtomicTy); 8040 unsigned Align = alignChars.getQuantity(); 8041 unsigned MaxInlineWidthInBits = getTargetInfo().getMaxAtomicInlineWidth(); 8042 return (Size != Align || toBits(sizeChars) > MaxInlineWidthInBits); 8043} 8044 8045namespace { 8046 8047 /// \brief A \c RecursiveASTVisitor that builds a map from nodes to their 8048 /// parents as defined by the \c RecursiveASTVisitor. 8049 /// 8050 /// Note that the relationship described here is purely in terms of AST 8051 /// traversal - there are other relationships (for example declaration context) 8052 /// in the AST that are better modeled by special matchers. 8053 /// 8054 /// FIXME: Currently only builds up the map using \c Stmt and \c Decl nodes. 8055 class ParentMapASTVisitor : public RecursiveASTVisitor<ParentMapASTVisitor> { 8056 8057 public: 8058 /// \brief Builds and returns the translation unit's parent map. 8059 /// 8060 /// The caller takes ownership of the returned \c ParentMap. 8061 static ASTContext::ParentMap *buildMap(TranslationUnitDecl &TU) { 8062 ParentMapASTVisitor Visitor(new ASTContext::ParentMap); 8063 Visitor.TraverseDecl(&TU); 8064 return Visitor.Parents; 8065 } 8066 8067 private: 8068 typedef RecursiveASTVisitor<ParentMapASTVisitor> VisitorBase; 8069 8070 ParentMapASTVisitor(ASTContext::ParentMap *Parents) : Parents(Parents) { 8071 } 8072 8073 bool shouldVisitTemplateInstantiations() const { 8074 return true; 8075 } 8076 bool shouldVisitImplicitCode() const { 8077 return true; 8078 } 8079 // Disables data recursion. We intercept Traverse* methods in the RAV, which 8080 // are not triggered during data recursion. 8081 bool shouldUseDataRecursionFor(clang::Stmt *S) const { 8082 return false; 8083 } 8084 8085 template <typename T> 8086 bool TraverseNode(T *Node, bool(VisitorBase:: *traverse) (T *)) { 8087 if (Node == NULL) 8088 return true; 8089 if (ParentStack.size() > 0) 8090 // FIXME: Currently we add the same parent multiple times, for example 8091 // when we visit all subexpressions of template instantiations; this is 8092 // suboptimal, bug benign: the only way to visit those is with 8093 // hasAncestor / hasParent, and those do not create new matches. 8094 // The plan is to enable DynTypedNode to be storable in a map or hash 8095 // map. The main problem there is to implement hash functions / 8096 // comparison operators for all types that DynTypedNode supports that 8097 // do not have pointer identity. 8098 (*Parents)[Node].push_back(ParentStack.back()); 8099 ParentStack.push_back(ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(*Node)); 8100 bool Result = (this ->* traverse) (Node); 8101 ParentStack.pop_back(); 8102 return Result; 8103 } 8104 8105 bool TraverseDecl(Decl *DeclNode) { 8106 return TraverseNode(DeclNode, &VisitorBase::TraverseDecl); 8107 } 8108 8109 bool TraverseStmt(Stmt *StmtNode) { 8110 return TraverseNode(StmtNode, &VisitorBase::TraverseStmt); 8111 } 8112 8113 ASTContext::ParentMap *Parents; 8114 llvm::SmallVector<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode, 16> ParentStack; 8115 8116 friend class RecursiveASTVisitor<ParentMapASTVisitor>; 8117 }; 8118 8119} // end namespace 8120 8121ASTContext::ParentVector 8122ASTContext::getParents(const ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode &Node) { 8123 assert(Node.getMemoizationData() && 8124 "Invariant broken: only nodes that support memoization may be " 8125 "used in the parent map."); 8126 if (!AllParents) { 8127 // We always need to run over the whole translation unit, as 8128 // hasAncestor can escape any subtree. 8129 AllParents.reset( 8130 ParentMapASTVisitor::buildMap(*getTranslationUnitDecl())); 8131 } 8132 ParentMap::const_iterator I = AllParents->find(Node.getMemoizationData()); 8133 if (I == AllParents->end()) { 8134 return ParentVector(); 8135 } 8136 return I->second; 8137} 8138 8139bool 8140ASTContext::ObjCMethodsAreEqual(const ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 8141 const ObjCMethodDecl *MethodImpl) { 8142 // No point trying to match an unavailable/deprecated mothod. 8143 if (MethodDecl->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>() 8144 || MethodDecl->hasAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) 8145 return false; 8146 if (MethodDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier() != 8147 MethodImpl->getObjCDeclQualifier()) 8148 return false; 8149 if (!hasSameType(MethodDecl->getResultType(), 8150 MethodImpl->getResultType())) 8151 return false; 8152 8153 if (MethodDecl->param_size() != MethodImpl->param_size()) 8154 return false; 8155 8156 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator IM = MethodImpl->param_begin(), 8157 IF = MethodDecl->param_begin(), EM = MethodImpl->param_end(), 8158 EF = MethodDecl->param_end(); 8159 IM != EM && IF != EF; ++IM, ++IF) { 8160 const ParmVarDecl *DeclVar = (*IF); 8161 const ParmVarDecl *ImplVar = (*IM); 8162 if (ImplVar->getObjCDeclQualifier() != DeclVar->getObjCDeclQualifier()) 8163 return false; 8164 if (!hasSameType(DeclVar->getType(), ImplVar->getType())) 8165 return false; 8166 } 8167 return (MethodDecl->isVariadic() == MethodImpl->isVariadic()); 8168 8169} 8170